Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

less+is+sometimes+more

Толкование Перевод

101 switchboard
коммутатор
Устройство, обеспечивающее посредством включения, отключения и переключения электрических цепей выбор требуемой выходной цепи и соединение с ней входной цепи
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

Тематики
- аппарат, изделие, устройство...
EN
- commutator
- switchboard
DE
FR
- commutateur
коммутаторная панель
распределительный щит
Устройство, конструктивно объединяющее несколько коммутационных элементов, предназначенных для включения, отключения и переключения электрических цепей и каналов связи в ручном режиме.
[Л.М. Невдяев. Телекоммуникационные технологии. Англо-русский толковый словарь-справочник. Под редакцией Ю.М. Горностаева. Москва, 2002]

Тематики
- электросвязь, основные понятия
Синонимы
- распределительный щит
EN
- switchboard
коммутационный щит
—
[Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва, 1999 г.]

Тематики
- электротехника, основные понятия
EN
- switchboard
низковольтное устройство распределения и управления (НКУ)
Низковольтные коммутационные аппараты и устройства управления, измерения, сигнализации, защиты, регулирования, собранные совместно, со всеми внутренними электрическими и механическими соединениями и конструктивными элементами.
[ ГОСТ Р МЭК 61439-1-2012]

низковольтное устройство распределения и управления
Комбинация низковольтных коммутационных аппаратов с устройствами управления, измерения, сигнализации, защиты, регулирования и т. п., полностью смонтированных изготовителем НКУ (под его ответственность на единой конструктивной основе) со всеми внутренними электрическими и механическими соединениями с соответствующими конструктивными элементами
Примечания
1. В настоящем стандарте сокращение НКУ используют для обозначения низковольтных комплектных устройств распределения и управления.
2. Аппараты, входящие в состав НКУ, могут быть электромеханическими или электронными.
3. По различным причинам, например по условиям транспортирования или изготовления, некоторые операции сборки могут быть выполнены на месте установки, вне предприятия-изготовителя.
[ ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000 ( МЭК 60439-1-92)]

EN

power switchgear and controlgear assembly (PSC-assembly)
low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly used to distribute and control energy for all types of loads, intended for industrial, commercial and similar applications where operation by ordinary persons is not intended
[IEC 61439-2, ed. 1.0 (2009-01)]

low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly
combination of one or more low-voltage switching devices together with associated control, measuring, signalling, protective, regulation equipment, etc., completely assembled under the responsibility of the manufacturer with all the internal electrical and mechanical interconnections and structural parts.
[IEC 61892-3, ed. 2.0 (2007-11)]

switchgear and controlgear
a general term covering switching devices and their combination with associated control, measuring, protective and regulating equipment, also assemblies of such devices and equipment with associated interconnections, accessories, enclosures and supporting structures
[IEV number 441-11-01]

switchgear and controlgear
electric equipment intended to be connected to an electric circuit for the purpose of carrying out one or more of the following functions: protection, control, isolation, switching
NOTE – The French and English terms can be considered as equivalent in most cases. However, the French term has a broader meaning than the English term and includes for example connecting devices, plugs and socket-outlets, etc. In English, these latter devices are known as accessories.
[IEV number 826-16-03 ]

switchboard
A large single electric control panel, frame, or assembly of panels on which are mounted (either on the back or on the face, or both) switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, and usually instruments; not intended for installation in a cabinet but may be completely enclosed in metal; usually is accessible from both the front and rear.
[ McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Architecture & Construction]

switchboard
One or more panels accommodating control switches, indicators, and other apparatus for operating electric circuits
[ The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language]

FR

ensemble d'appareillage de puissance (ensemble PSC)
ensemble d'appareillage à basse tension utilisé pour répartir et commander l'énergie pour tous les types de charges et prévu pour des applications industrielles, commerciales et analogues dans lesquelles l'exploitation par des personnes ordinaires n'est pas prévue
[IEC 61439-2, ed. 1.0 (2009-01)]

appareillage, m
matériel électrique destiné à être relié à un circuit électrique en vue d'assurer une ou plusieurs des fonctions suivantes: protection, commande, sectionnement, connexion
NOTE – Les termes français et anglais peuvent être considérés comme équivalents dans la plupart des cas. Toutefois, le terme français couvre un domaine plus étendu que le terme anglais, et comprend notamment les dispositifs de connexion, les prises de courant, etc. En anglais, ces derniers sont dénommés "accessories".
[IEV number 826-16-03 ]

appareillage
terme général applicable aux appareils de connexion et à leur combinaison avec des appareils de commande, de mesure, de protection et de réglage qui leur sont associés, ainsi qu'aux ensembles de tels appareils avec les connexions, les accessoires, les enveloppes et les charpentes correspondantes
[IEV number 441-11-01]

A switchboard as defined in the National Electrical Code is a large single panel, frame, or assembly of panels on which are mounted, on the face or back or both switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, and, usually, instruments.
Switchboards are generally accessible from the rear as well as from the front and are not intended to be installed in cabinets.
The types of switchboards, classified by basic features of construction, are as follows:
1. Live-front vertical panels
2. Dead-front boards
3. Safety enclosed boards( metal-clad)

[American electricians’ handbook]

Параллельные тексты EN-RU

The switchboard plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property safety.

Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation.

The IEC 61439 standard aims to better define " low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies", ensuring that the specified performances are reached.

It specifies in particular:

> the responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer - the organization that performed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard, and of the assembly manufacturer - the organization taking responsibility for the finished assembly;

> the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification.

All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are concerned by the IEC 61439 standard.

Equipment produced in accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard ensures the safety and reliability of the installation.

A switchboard must comply with the requirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 to guarantee the safety and reliability of the installation.

Managers of installations, fully aware of the professional and legal liabilities weighing on their company and on themselves, demand a high level of safety for the electrical installation.

What is more, the serious economic consequences of prolonged halts in production mean that the electrical switchboard must provide excellent continuity of service, whatever the operating conditions.

[Schneider Electric]

НКУ играет главную роль в обеспечении электроэнергией, удовлетворяя при этом всем требованиям по безопасности людей и сохранности имущества.

Выбор конструкции, проектирование и монтаж основаны на чётких правилах, не допускающих никакой импровизации.

Требования к низковольтным комплектным устройствам распределения и управления сформулированы в стандарте МЭК 61439 (ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000).

В частности, он определяет:

> распределение ответственности между изготовителем НКУ - организацией, разработавшей конструкцию НКУ и проверившей его на соответствие требованиям стандарта, и сборщиком – организацией, выполнившей сборку НКУ;

> конструкцию, технические характеристики, виды и методы испытаний НКУ.

В стандарте МЭК 61439 (ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000) описываются все компоненты НКУ.

Оборудование, изготовленное в соответствии с требованиями этого стандарта, обеспечивает безопасность и надежность электроустановки.

Для того чтобы гарантировать безопасность эксплуатации и надежность работы электроустановки, распределительный щит должен соответствовать требованиям стандарта МЭК 61439-1 и 2.

Лица, ответственные за электроустановки, должны быть полностью осведомлены о профессиональной и юридической ответственности, возложенной на их компанию и на них лично, за обеспечение высокого уровня безопасности эксплуатации этих электроустановок.

Кроме того, поскольку длительные перерывы производства приводят к серьезным экономическим последствиям, электрический распределительный щит должен обеспечивать надежную и бесперебойную работу независимо от условий эксплуатации.

[Перевод Интент]

LV switchgear assemblies are undoubtedly the components of the electric installation more subject to the direct intervention of personnel (operations, maintenance, etc.) and for this reason users demand from them higher and higher safety requirements.

The compliance of an assembly with the state of the art and therefore, presumptively, with the relevant technical Standard, cannot be based only on the fact that the components which constitute it comply with the state of the art and therefore, at least presumptively, with the relevant technical standards.

In other words, the whole assembly must be designed, built and tested in compliance with the state of the art.

Since the assemblies under consideration are low voltage equipment, their rated voltage shall not exceed 1000 Va.c. or 1500 Vd.c. As regards currents, neither upper nor lower limits are provided in the application field of this Standard.

The Standard IEC 60439-1 states the construction, safety and maintenance requirements for low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies, without dealing with the functional aspects which remain a competence of the designer of the plant for which the assembly is intended.

[ABB]

Низковольтные комплектные устройства (НКУ), вне всякого сомнения, являются частями электроустановок, которые наиболее подвержены непосредственному вмешательству оперативного, обслуживающего и т. п. персонала. Вот почему требования потребителей к безопасности НКУ становятся все выше и выше.

Соответствие НКУ современному положению дел и вследствие этого, гипотетически, соответствующим техническим стандартам, не может основываться только на том факте, что составляющие НКУ компоненты соответствуют современному состоянию дел и поэтому, по крайней мере, гипотетически, - соответствующим техническим стандартам

Другими словами, НКУ должно быть разработано, изготовлено и испытано в соответствии с современными требованиями.

Мы рассматриваем низковольтные комплектные устройства и это означает, что их номинальное напряжение не превышает 1000 В переменного тока или 1500 В постоянного тока. Что касается тока, то ни верхнее, ни нижнее значение стандартами, относящимися к данной области, не оговариваются

Стандарт МЭК 60439-1 устанавливает требования к конструкции, безопасности и техническому обслуживанию низковольтных комплектных устройств без учета их функций, полагая, что функции НКУ являются компетенцией проектировщиков электроустановки, частью которых эти НКУ являются.

[Перевод Интент]

Тематики
- НКУ (шкафы, пульты,...)
Классификация
>>>
Действия
Синонимы
Сопутствующие термины
- изготовитель НКУ
EN
DE
- Schaltanlagen und/oder Schaltgeräte
FR
распределительное устройство
Распределительным устройством (РУ) называется электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая сборные и соединительные шины, коммутационные аппараты, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
[РД 34.20.185-94]

распределительное устройство
Электроустановка, предназначенная для приема и распределения электрической энергии на одном напряжении и содержащая коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные шины [секции шин], устройства управления и защиты.
Примечание. К устройствам управления относятся аппараты и связывающие их элементы обеспечивающие контроль, измерение, сигнализацию и выполнение команд.
[ ГОСТ 24291-90]
[ ГОСТ Р 53685-2009]

электрическое распределительное устройство
распределительное устройство
Устройство, предназначенное для приема и распределения электроэнергии на одном напряжении и содержащее коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные соединительные устройства.
Примечание. В состав распределительного устройства дополнительно могут входить устройства защиты и управления
[ОСТ 45.55-99]

распределительное устройство
Электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая коммутационные аппараты, сборные и соединительные шины, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
[ПОТ Р М-016-2001]
[РД 153-34.0-03.150-00]

устройство распределительное
Совокупность аппаратов и приборов для приёма и распределения электроэнергии одного напряжения, вырабатываемой электростанцией или преобразуемой подстанцией
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

EN

switching substation
a substation which includes switchgear and usually busbars, but no power transformers
[IEV number 605-01-02]

FR

poste de sectionnement
poste de coupure
poste comprenant des organes de manoeuvre et généralement des jeux de barres, à l'exclusion de transformateurs de puissance
[IEV number 605-01-02]

В качестве РУ 6—10 кВ используется сборка высокого напряжения с однополюсными разъединителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения и одна камера КСО с выключателем нагрузки и предохранителями для подключения трансформатора. Для РУ 0,4 кВ применяются сборки низкого напряжения с предохранителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения.
На ПС применяются открытые (ОРУ), закрытые (ЗРУ) или комплектные (КРУ) распределительные устройства.

[ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]

КЛАССИФИКАЦИЯ

В общем случае ПС и РУ являются составной частью электроустановок, которые различаются:
- по назначению:
  - генерирующие,
  - преобразовательно-распределительные,
  - потребительские.
    
    Генерирующие электроустановки служат для выработки электроэнергии, преобразовательно-распределительные электроустановки преобразуют электроэнергию в удобный для передачи и потребления вид, передают ее и распределяют между потребителями;
- по роду тока:
  - постоянного тока,
  - переменного тока.
- по напряжению:
  - до 1000 В,
  - выше 1000 В.
Шкала номинальных напряжений ограничена сравнительно небольшим числом стандартных значений, благодаря чему изготавливается небольшое число типоразмеров машин и оборудования, а электросети выполняются более экономичными. В установках трехфазного тока номинальным напряжением принято считать напряжение между фазами (междуфазовое напряжение). Согласно ГОСТ 29322—92 установлена следующая шкала номинальных напряжений:

для электросетей переменного тока частотой 50 Гц междуфазовое напряжение должно быть: 12, 24, 36, 42, 127, 220, 380 В; 3, 6, 10, 20, 35, 110, 150, 220, 330, 500, 750 и 1150 кВ;
для электросетей постоянного тока: 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 110, 220, 440, 660, 825, 3000 В и выше.
- по способу присоединения к электросети ПС разделяются на:
  - тупиковые (блочные),
  - ответвительные (блочные),
  - проходные (транзитные)
  - узловые.
Тупиковые ПС получают питание по одной или двум тупиковым ВЛ.

Ответвительные ПС присоединяются ответвлением к одной или двум проходящим ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.

Проходные ПС включаются в рассечку одной или двух проходящих ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.

Узловые ПС кроме питающих имеют отходящие радиальные или транзитные ВЛ.
- по способу управления ПС могут быть:
  - только с телесигнализацией,
  - телеуправляемыми с телесигнализацией,
  - с телесигнализацией и управлением с общеподстанционного пункта управления (ОПУ).
Подстанции оперативно обслуживаются постоянным дежурным персоналом на щите управления, дежурными на дому или оперативно-выездными бригадами (ОВБ). Ремонт ПС осуществляется специализированными выездными бригадами централизованного ремонта или местным персоналом подстанции.

В РУ напряжением до 1000 В провода, шины, аппараты, приборы и конструкции выбирают как по нормальным условиям работы (напряжению и току), так и по термическим и динамическим воздействиям токов коротких замыканий (КЗ) или предельно допустимой отключаемой мощности.

В РУ и ПС напряжением выше 1000 В расстояния между электрооборудованием, аппаратами, токоведущими частями, изоляторами, ограждениями и конструкциями устанавливаются так, чтобы при нормальном режиме работы электроустановки возникающие физические явления (температура нагрева, электрическая дуга, выброс газов, искрение и др.) не могли привести к повреждению оборудования и КЗ.

[ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]

Several different classifications of switchgear can be made:
- By the current rating.
- By interrupting rating (maximum short circuit current that the device can safely interrupt)
  - Circuit breakers can open and close on fault currents
  - Load-break/Load-make switches can switch normal system load currents
  - Isolators may only be operated while the circuit is dead, or the load current is very small.
- By voltage class:
  - Low voltage (less than 1,000 volts AC)
  - Medium voltage (1,000–35,000 volts AC)
  - High voltage (more than 35,000 volts AC)
- By insulating medium:
  - Air
  - Gas (SF6 or mixtures)
  - Oil
  - Vacuum
- By construction type:
  - Indoor (further classified by IP (Ingress Protection) class or NEMA enclosure type)
  - Outdoor
  - Industrial
  - Utility
  - Marine
  - Draw-out elements (removable without many tools)
  - Fixed elements (bolted fasteners)
  - Live-front
  - Dead-front
  - Open
  - Metal-enclosed
  - Metal-clad
  - Metal enclosed & Metal clad
  - Arc-resistant
- By IEC degree of internal separation
  - No Separation (Form 1)
  - Busbars separated from functional units (Form 2a, 2b, 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separated from busbars (Form 2b, 3b, 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separated from functional units but not from each other (Form 3a, 3b)
  - Functional units separated from each other (Form 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separated from each other (Form 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separate from their associated functional unit (Form 4b)
- By interrupting device:
- By operating method:
  - Manually operated
  - Motor/stored energy operated
  - Solenoid operated
- By type of current:
  - Alternating current
  - Direct current
- By application:
  - Transmission system
  - Distribution
- By purpose
  - Isolating switches (disconnectors)
  - Load-break switches.
  - Grounding (earthing) switches
A single line-up may incorporate several different types of devices, for example, air-insulated bus, vacuum circuit breakers, and manually operated switches may all exist in the same row of cubicles.

Ratings, design, specifications and details of switchgear are set by a multitude of standards. In North America mostly IEEE and ANSI standards are used, much of the rest of the world uses IEC standards, sometimes with local national derivatives or variations.

[Robert W. Smeaton (ed) Switchgear and Control Handbook 3rd Ed., Mc Graw Hill, new York 1997]
[ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_voltage_switchgear]

Тематики
- электрификация, электроснабж. железных дорог
- электроагрегаты генераторные
- электробезопасность
- электроснабжение в целом
Синонимы
- РУ
- электрическое распределительное устройство
EN
DE
- Schaltanlage
- Schaltstation
FR
распределительный щит
Комплектное устройство, содержащее различную коммутационную аппаратуру, соединенное с одной или более отходящими электрическими цепями, питающееся от одной или более входящих цепей, вместе с зажимами для присоединения нейтральных и защитных проводников.
[ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60050-826-2009]

щит распределительный
Электротехническое устройство, объединяющее коммутационную, регулирующую и защитную аппаратуру, а также контрольно-измерительные и сигнальные приборы
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

распределительный щит
—
[А.С.Гольдберг. Англо-русский энергетический словарь. 2006 г.]

EN

distribution board
assembly containing different types of switchgear and controlgear associated with one or more outgoing electric circuits fed from one or more incoming electric circuits, together with terminals for the neutral and protective conductors.
[IEV number 826-16-08]

FR

tableau de répartition, m
ensemble comportant différents types d'appareillage associés à un ou plusieurs circuits électriques de départ alimentés par un ou plusieurs circuits électriques d'arrivée, ainsi que des bornes pour les conducteurs neutre et de protection.
[IEV number 826-16-08]

Параллельные тексты EN-RU

Distribution switchboards, including the Main LV Switchboard (MLVS), are critical to the dependability of an electrical installation. They must comply with well-defined standards governing the design and construction of LV switchgear assemblies

A distribution switchboard is the point at which an incoming-power supply divides into separate circuits, each of which is controlled and protected by the fuses or switchgear of the switchboard. A distribution switchboard is divided into a number of functional units, each comprising all the electrical and mechanical elements that contribute to the fulfilment of a given function. It represents a key link in the dependability chain.

Consequently, the type of distribution switchboard must be perfectly adapted to its application. Its design and construction must comply with applicable standards and working practises.

[Schneider Electric]

Распределительные щиты, включая главный распределительный щит низкого напряжения (ГРЩ), играют решающую роль в обеспечении надежности электроустановки. Они должны отвечать требованиям соответствующих стандартов, определяющих конструкцию и порядок изготовления НКУ распределения электроэнергии.

В распределительном щите выполняется прием электроэнергии и ее распределение по отдельным цепям, каждая из которых контролируется и защищается плавкими предохранителями или автоматическими выключателями.
Распределительный щит состоит из функциональных блоков, включающих в себя все электрические и механические элементы, необходимые для выполнения требуемой функции. Распределительный щит представляет собой ключевое звено в цепи обеспечения надежности.

Тип распределительного щита должен соответствовать области применения. Конструкция и изготовление распределительного щита должны удовлетворять требованиям применимых стандартов и учитывать накопленную практику применения.

[Перевод Интент]

Рис. Schneider Electric

With Prisma Plus G you can be sure to build 100% Schneider Electric switchboards that are safe, optimised:

> All components (switchgear, distribution blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.) are perfectly rated and coordinated to work together;

> All switchboard configurations, even the most demanding ones, have been tested.

You can prove that your switchboard meets the current standards, at any time.

You can be sure to build a reliable electrical installation and give your customers full satisfaction in terms of dependability and safety for people and the installation.

Prisma Plus G with its discreet design, blends harmoniously into all tertiary and industrial buildings, including in entrance halls and passageways.

With Prisma Plus G you can build just the right switchboard for your customer, sized precisely to fit costs and needs.

With this complete, prefabricated and tested system, it's easy to upgrade your installation and still maintain the performance levels.

> The wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures combine easily with switchboards already in service.

> Devices can be replaced or added at any time.

[Schneider Electric]

С помощью оболочек Prisma Plus G можно создавать безопасные распределительные щиты, на 100 % состоящие из изделий Schneider Electric:

> все изделия (коммутационная аппаратура, распределительные блоки, готовые заводские соединения и т. д.) полностью совместимы механически и электрически;

> все варианты компоновки распределительных щитов, в том числе для наиболее ответственных применений, прошли испытания.

В любое время вы можете доказать, что ваши распределительные щиты полностью соответствуют требованиям действующих стандартов.

Вы можете быть полностью уверены в том, что создаете надежные электроустановки, удовлетворяющие всем требованиям безопасности для людей и оборудования

Благодаря строгому дизайну, распределительные щиты Prisma Plus G гармонично сочетаются с интерьером любого общественного или промышленного здания. Они хорошо смотрятся и в вестибюле, и в коридоре.

Применяя оболочки Prisma Plus G можно создавать распределительные щиты, точно соответствующие требованиям заказчика как с точки зрения технических характеристик, так и стоимости.

С помощью данной испытанной системы, содержащей все необходимые компоненты заводского изготовления можно легко модернизировать существующую электроустановку и поддерживать её уровни производительности.

> Навесные и напольные оболочки можно легко присоединить к уже эксплуатируемым распределительным щитам.

> Аппаратуру можно заменять или добавлять в любое время.

[Перевод Интент]

The switchboard, central to the electrical installation.

Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution to the site applications, the LV switchboard is the intelligence of the system, central to the electrical installation.

[Schneider Electric]

Распределительный щит – «сердце» электроустановки.

Низковольтное комплектное устройство распределения является «сердцем» электроустановки, поскольку именно оно принимает электроэнергию из сети и распределяет её по территориально распределенным нагрузкам.

[Перевод Интент]

Тематики
- НКУ (шкафы, пульты,...)
- электроснабжение в целом
EN
DE
- elektrischer Verteiler, m
- Schalttafel
- Verteiler, m
FR
- tableau de distribution
- tableau de répartition, m
Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > switchboard
102 ALLR

(öll, allt), a.

1) all, entire, whole;

hón á allan arf eptir mik, she has all the heritage after me;

af öllum hug, with all (one’s) heart;

hvítr allr, white all over;

bú allt, the whole estate;

allan daginn, the whole day;

í allri veröld, in the whole world;

allan hálfan mánuð, for the entire fortnight;

with addition of ‘saman’;

allt saman féit, the whole amount;

um þenna hernað allan saman, all together;

2) used almost adverbially, all, quite, entirely;

klofnaði hann allr í sundr, he was all cloven asunder, kváðu Örn allan villast, that he was altogether bewildered;

var Hrappr allr brottu, quite gone;

allr annarr maðr, quite another man;

3) gone, past;

áðr þessi dagr er allr, before this day is past;

var þá óll þeirra vinátta, their friendship was all over;

allt er nú mitt megin, my strength is exhausted, gone;

4) departed, dead (þá er Geirmundr var allr);

5) neut. sing. (allt) used. as a subst. in the sense of all, everything;

eigi er enn þeirra allt, they have not yet altogether won the game;

þá var allt (all, everybody) við þá hrætt;

hér er skammætt allt, here everything is transient;

with a compar. all the more (því öllu þungbærri);

with gen., allt missera (= öll misseri), all the year round;

allt annars, all the rest;

at öllu annars, in all other respects;

alls fyrst, first of all;

alls mest, most of all;

in adverbial phrases: at öllu, in all respects, in every way;

í öllu, in everything;

með öllu, wholly, quite;

neita með öllu, to refuse outright;

6) pl. allir (allar, öll), as adj. or substantively, all (þeir gengu út allir);

ór öllum fjórðungum á landinu, from all the quarters of the land;

allir aðrir, all others, every one else;

flestir allir, nearly all, the greatest part of;

gen. pl. (allra) as an intensive with superlatives, of all things, all the more;

nú þykkir mér þat allra sýnst, er, all the more likely, as;

allra helzt, er þeir heyra, particularly now when they hear;

allra sízt, least of all.

* * *

öll, allt, and alt, adj. [Ulf. alls = πας, άπας, όλος; A. S. eall; Engl. and Germ. all].

A. In sing. as adj. or substantively, cunctus, totus, omnis:

I. all, entire, the whole; hón á allan arf eptir mik, she has all my heritage after me, Nj. 3; um alla þingsafglöpun, every kind of þ., 150; gaf hann þat allt, all, 101; at öllum hluta, in totum, Grág. i. 245; allr heilagr dómr, the whole body of Christians, ii. 165; á öllu því máli, Fms. vii. 311; allu fólki, thewhole people, x. 273; hvitr allr, white all over, 655 xxxii. 21; bú allt, thewhole estate, Grág. i. 244; fyrir allt dagsljós, before any dawn of light, Hom. 41: with the addition of saman = άπας—Icel. now in fem. sing. and n. pl. say öll sömun, and even n. sing. allt samant; in old writers saman is indecl.,—the whole, Germ. sänmtlich, zusammen; allt saman féit, thewhole amount, entire, Grág. ii. 148; þenna hernað allan saman, all together, Fms. i. 144; fyrir allan saman ójafnað þann, Sd. 157. Metaph. in the phrase, at vera ekki allr þar sem hann er sénn (séðr), of persons of deep, shrewd characters, not to be seen through, but also with a feeling of something ‘uncanny’ about them, Fms. xi. 157 (a familiar phrase); ekki er oil nótt úti enn, sagði draugrinn, the night is not all over yet, said the ghost, ‘the Ides are not past’ (a proverb), v. Ísl. Þjóðs.

2. all, entire, full; allan hálfan mánuð, for the entire fortnight, Nj. 7; þar til er Kjartani þykir allt mál upp, until Kjartan thought it was high time, of one nearly (or) well-nigh drowned, Hkr. i. 286.

II. metaph. past, gone, dead, extinct; perh. ellipt., vera allr í brottu, quite gone, Eb. 112 new Ed.; var Hrappr þá allr í brottu, Nj. 132; then by an ellipsis of ‘brottu,’ or the like, allr simply = past, gone:

α. past, of time; seg þú svá fremi frá því er þessi dagr er allr, when this day is past, Nj. 96, Fms. ii. 38, 301; var þá öll þeirra vinátta, their friendship was all gone, Fms. ix. 428; allt er mi mitt megin, my strength is gone, exhausted, Str.

β. dead; þá er Geirmundr var allr, gone, dead, Landn. (Hb.) 124; síz Gunnarr at Hlíðarenda var allr, since G. of Lithend was dead and gone (v. l. to lézt), Nj. 142; sem faðir þeirra væri allr, after his death, Stj. 127; þá er Nói var allr, 66; en sem hann var allr, 100; eptir þat er Sara var öll, after all Sara’s days were over, 139, 140, 405; á vegum allr hygg ek at at ek verða munu, that I shall perish on the way, Gg. verse 5; með því at þú ert gamlaðr mjök, þá munu þeir eigi út koma fyr en þú ert allr, Háv. 57; still freq. in Swed., e. g. blifwa all af bekumring, be worn out with sorrow; vinet blev alt, fell short; tiden er all, past.

III. used almost adverbially, when it may be translated by all, quite, just, entirely; klofnaði hann allr í sundr, was all cloven asunder, Nj. 205; er sá nú allr einn í þínu liði er nú hefir eigi höfuðs, ok hinn, er þá eggiaði hins versta verks er eigi var fram komit, where it seems, however, rather to mean one and the same … or the very same …, thus, and he is now one and the same man in thy band, who has now lost his head, and he who then egged thee on to the worst work when it was still undone, or the very same, … who, Nj. 213; vil ek at sú görð häldist öll, in all its parts, 256; kváðu Örn allan villast, that he was all bewildered, Ld. 74.

IV. neut. sing. used as a subst. in the sense of all, everything, in every respect; ok for svá með öllu, sem …, acted in everything as…, Nj. 14, Ld. 54; ok lát sem þú þykist þar allt eiga, that you depend upon him in all, Fms. xi. 113; eigi er enn þeirra allt, they have not yet altogether won the game, Nj. 235: í alls vesöld, in all misery, Ver. 4; alls mest, most of all, especially, Fms. ii. 137 C, Fs. 89 (in a verse); in mod. usage, allra mest, cp. below. The neut. with a gen.; allt missera, all the year round, Hom. 73; allt annars, all the rest, Grág. ii. 141; at öllu annars, in all other respects, K. Þ. K. 98; þá var allt (all, everybody) við þá hrætt, Fas. i. 338. In the phrases, at öllu, in all respects, Fms. i. 21, Grág. i. 431; ef hann á eigi at öllu framfærsluna, if he be not the sole supporter, 275: úreyndr at öllu, untried in every way, Nj. 90; cp. Engl. not at all, prop. not in every respect, analogous to never, prop. not always: fyrir alls sakir, in every respect, Grág. ii. 47, Fas. i. 252: í öllu, in everything, Nj. 90, 228: með öllu, wholly, quite, dauðr með öllu, quite dead, 153; neita með öllu, to refuse outright, Fms. i. 35, 232, Boll. 342: um allt, in respect of everything, Nj. 89; hence comes the adverb ávalt, ever = of allt = um allt, prop. in every respect, v. ávalt.

V. the neut. sing. allt is used as an adv., right up to, as far as, all the way; Brynjólfr gengr allt at honum, close to him, Nj. 58; kómu allt at bænum, 79; allt at búðardyrunum, right up to the very door of the booth, 247; allt norðr urn Stað, all along north, round Cape Stad, Fms. vii. 7; suðr allt í Englands haf, iv. 329; verit allt út í Miklagarð, as far out as Constantinople, ii. 7, iv. 250, 25; allt á klofa, Bárð. 171.

2. everywhere, in all places; at riki Eireks konungs mundi allt yfir standa í Eyjunum, might stretch over the whole of the Islands, Eg. 405; Sigröðr var konungr allt um Þrændalög, over all Drontheim, Fms. i. 19; bjoggu þar allt fyrir þingmenn Runólfs goða, the liegemen of R. the priest were in every house, ii. 234 ( = í hverju húsi, Bs. i. 20); allt norðr um Rogaland, all the way north over the whole of R., Fms. iv. 251; vóru svirar allt gulli búnir, all overlaid with gold, vi. 308; hafið svá allt kesjurnar fyrir, at ekki megi á ganga, hold your spears everywhere (all along the line) straight before you, that they (the enemy) may not come up to you, 413; allt imdir innviðuna ok stafnana, vii. 82.

3. nearly = Lat. jam, soon, already; vóru allt komin fyrir hann bréf, warrants of arrest were already in his way, Fms. vii. 207; var allt skipat liðinu til fylkingar, the troops were at once drawn up in array, 295; en allt hugðum vér ( still we thought) at fara með spekt um þessi héruð, Boll. 346.

4. temp. all through, until; allt til Júnsvöku, Ann. 1295; allt um daga Hákonar konungs, all through the reign of king Hacon, Bs. i. 731.

5. in phrases such as, allt at einu, all one, all in the same way, Fms. i. 113. In Icel. at present allt að einu means all the same: allt eins, nevertheless; ek ætla þó utan a. eins, Ísl. ii. 216; hann neitaði allt eins at…, refused all the same, Dipl. iii. 13; allt eins hraustliga, not the less manly, Fms. xi. 443. The mod. Icel. use is a little different, namely = as, in similes = just as; allt eins og blómstrið eina (a simile), just as the flower, the initial words of the famous hymn by Hallgrim.

6. by adding ‘of’ = far too …, much too …, Karl. 301 (now freq.)

7. with a comparative, much, far, Fms. vi. 45 (freq.)

VI. neut. gen. alls [cp. Ulf. allis = όλως; A. S. ealles], used as an adv., esp. before a negative (ekki, hvergi), not a bit, not at all, no how, by no means; þeir ugðu alls ekki at sér, they were not a bit afraid, Nj. 252; hræðumst vér hann nú alls ekki, we do not care a bit for him, 260; á hólmgöngu er vandi en alls ekki ( none at all) á einvigi, Korm. 84; en junkherra Eiríkr þóttist ekki hafa, ok kallaði sik Eirík alls ekki (cp. Engl. lackland), Fms. x. 160; alls hvergi skal sök koma undir enn þriðja mann, no how, in no case, by no means, Grág. i. 144: sometimes without a negative following it; ær alls geldar, ewes quite barren, Grág. i. 502; hafrar alls geldir, id.; alls vesall, altogether wretched, Nj. 124; alls mjök stærist hann nú, very much, Stj.; a. mest, especially, Fs. 89, Fms. ii. 137. In connection with numbers, in all, in the whole; tólf vóru þau alls á skipi, twelve were they all told in the ship, Ld. 142; tíu Íslenzkir menn alls, 164; alls fórust níu menn, the slain were nine in all, Ísl. ii. 385; verða alls sárir þrír eða fleiri, Grág. ii. 10; alls mánuð, a full month, i. 163; þeir ala eitt barn alls á aefi sinni, Rb. 346.

β. with addition of ‘til’ or ‘of’ = far too much; alls of lengi, far too long a time, Fms. i. 140; hefnd alls til lítil, much too little, vi. 35.

B. In pl. allir, allar, öll, as adj. or substantively:

1. used absol. all; þeir gengu út allir, all men, altogether, Nj. 80; Síðan bjoggust þeir heiman allir, 212; Gunnarr reið ok beir allir, 48; hvikit þér allir, 78, etc.

2. as adj., alla höfðingja, all the chiefs, Nj. 213; ór öllum fjórðungum á landinu, all the quarters of the land, 222; at vitni guðs ok allra heilagra manna, all the saints, Grág. ii. 22; í allum orrostum, in all the battles, Fms. x. 273; Josep ok allir hans ellifu bræðr, Stj., etc.

3. by adding aðrir, flestir, etc.; allir aðrir, all other, everyone else, Nj. 89, Fms. xi. 135: flestir allir, nearly all, the greatest part of, v. flestr; in mod. use flestallir, flest being indecl.: allir saman, altogether, Nj. 80.

4. adverb., Gregorius hafði eigi öll fjögr hundruð, not all, not quite, four hundred, Fms. vii. 255.

5. used ellipt., allir ( everybody) vildu leita þér vegs, Nj. 78.

6. gen. pl. allra, when followed by superl. neut. adj. or adv., of all things, all the more; en nú þyki mér þat allra sýnst er …, all the more likely, as …, Ld. 34; allra helzt er þeir heyra, particularly now when they hear, Fms. ix. 330; allra helzt ef hann fellr meir, all the rather, if …, Grág. ii. 8; allra sízt, least of all, 686 B. 2; bæn sú kemr til þess allra mest, especially, Hom. 149: very freq. at present in Icel., and used nearly as Engl. very, e. g. allra bezt, the very best; a. hæst, neðst, fyrst, the very highest, lowest, foremost, etc.

C. alls is used as a prefix to several nouns in the gen., in order to express something common, general, universal.

COMPDS: allsendis, allsháttar, allsherjar, allsherjarbúð, allsherjardómr, allsherjarfé, allsherjargoði, allsherjarlið, allsherjarlýðr, allsherjarlög, allsherjarþing, allskonar, allskostar, allskyns, allsstaðar, allsvaldandi, allrahanda, allraheilagra.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ALLR
103 ENDA

I)

conj.

1) with subj. (a standing phrase in the law connecting the latter clause of a conditional premiss) if, and if, and in case that, and supposing that;

nú hefir maðr sveinbarn fram fœrt í œsku, enda verði sá maðr veginn síðan, þá …, if a man has brought a boy up in his youth, and it so happens that he (the boy) be slain, then …;

2) even if, allhough, with subj. (seg mér, hvat til berr, at þú veizt fyrir úorðna hluti, enda sér þú eigi spámaðr);

3) even;

þá skal hann segja búum sínum til, enda á, þingi, even in parliment;

4) if only with subj. (fyrir engan mun þori ek at vekja konunginn en segja má ek honum tíðindin, ef þú vill, enda vekir þú hann);

5) and indeed, and of course, and also, and besides;

enda skulum vér þá leysa þik, and then of course we shall loose thee;

sýnist þat jafnan, at ek em fégjarn, enda man svá enn, and so it will be also in this case;

6) and yet;

eigi nenni ek at hafa þat saman, at veita Högna, enda drepa bróður hans, I cannot bear to do both, help H. and yet kill his brother;

7) ellipt. without a preceding premiss;

enda tak þú nú øxi þína, and now take thy axe.

II)

(að, or enda, ent), v.

1) to end, coming to an end (í því sama klaustri endi hann sína æfi);

impers., endar þar sögu frá honum, the tale of him ends there;

2) to fulfil, perform (enda heit sitt);

3) to mark the end of, to bound (af suðri endir hana [i. e. Asia] úthafit);

4) refl., endast, to end, come to an end (reiði mannsins endist á einu augabragði);

to last, hold out (berjast meðan dagrinn endist);

meðan mér endast föng til, as long as my provisions last;

ef honum endist aldr til, if he lives so long;

meðan mér endast lífdagar, meðan ek endumst, as long as I live;

to turn out, to end (well or ill), to do (enda mun þat fám bóndum vel endast at synja mér mægðar).

* * *

1.

a copul. conj. with a slight notion of cause or even disjunction: [the use of this copulative is commonly regarded as a test word to distinguish the Scandin. and the Saxon-Germ.; the A. S. ende, Engl. and, Hel. end, Germ. und being represented by Scandin. auk, ok, or og: whereas the disjunctive particle is in Scandin. en, enn, or even enda, answering to the Engl., A. S., and Germ. aber, but; the Gothic is neutral, unless jab, by which Ulf. renders καί, be = auk, ok:—this difference, however, is more apparent than real; for the Icel. ‘enda’ is probably identical with the Germ. and Saxon und, and: in most passages it has a distinct copulative sense, but with something more than this]:—and, etc.

I. with subj., a standing phrase in the law, connecting the latter clause of a conditional premiss, if so and so, and if …, and again if …; or it may be rendered, and in case that, and supposing that, or the like. The following references will make it plainer; ef goðinn er um sóttr, enda hafi hann öðrum manni í hönd selt …, þá skal hann ok sekja …, if a suit lies against the priest, ‘and’ he has named a proxy, then the suit lies also against him (viz. the proxy), Grág. i. 95; ef skip hverfr ok sé eigi til spurt á þrim vetrum, enda sé spurt ef þeim löndum öllum er vár tunga er á, þá …, if a ship disappears without being heard of for three years, ‘and’ inquiry has been made from all the countries where ‘our tongue’ is spoken, then …, 218; ef goðinn gerr eigi nemna féránsdóm, enda sé hann at lögum beiddr …, þá varðar goðanum fjörbaugsgarð, if the priest name not the court of férán, ‘and’ has been lawfully requested thereto, then he is liable to the lesser outlawry, 94; nú hefir maðr sveinbarn fram fært í æsku, enda verði sá maðr veginn síðan, þá …, if a man has brought a boy up in his youth, ‘and in case that’ he (the boy) be slain, then …, 281; ef maðr færir meybarn fram …, enda beri svá at…, ok ( then) skal sá maðr …, id.; ef menn selja ómaga sinn af landi héðan, ok eigi við verði, enda verði þeir ómagar færðir út hingat síðan, þá …, 274; hvervetna þess er vegnar sakir standa úbættar á milli manna, enda vili menn sættask á þau mál …, þá …, ii. 20; ef sá maðr var veginn er á ( who has) vist með konu, enda sé þar þingheyandi nokkurr …, þá …, 74; þat vóru lög, ef þrælar væri drepnir fyrir manni, enda ( and in case that) væri eigi færð þrælsgjöldin fyrir hina þriðju sól, þá …, Eg. 723, cp. Eb. 222; þótt maðr færi fram ellri mann, karl eðr konu, í barnæsku, enda ( and in case that) berisk réttarfar síðan um þá menn, þá skal …, 281; ef þú þorir, enda sér þú nokkut at manni, if thou darest, ‘and supposing that’ thou art something of a man, Fb. i. 170, segja má ek honum tíðendin ef þú vilt, enda vekir þú hann, ‘and supposing that’ thou wilt awake him, Fms. iv. 170; en þeir eru skilnaðarmenn réttir er með hvárigum fóru heiman vísir vitendr, enda ( and even) vildi þeir svá skilja þá, Grág. ii. 114; enda fylgi þeir hvárigum í braut ( supposing they), id.; hvat til berr er þú veizt úorðna hluti, enda sér þú eigi spámaðr, supposing that thou art a prophet, Fms. i. 333.

2. rarely with indic.; ef kona elr börn með óheimilum manni, enda gelzt þó fé um, hón á eigi…, Eb. 225.

II. even, even if, usually with indic.; kona á sakir þær allar ef hún vill reiðask við, enda komi ( even if) eigi fram loforðit, Grág. i. 338: in single sentences, þá skal hann segja búum sínum til, enda á þingi, even in parliament, ii. 351: the phrase, e. svá ( even so), eigi þau handsöl hennar at haldask, enda svá þau er, i. 334; enda er þó rétt virðing þeirra, ef …, and their taxation is even (also) lawful, if …, 209: in mod. usage very freq. in this sense (= even).

III. denoting that a thing follows from the premiss, and consequently, and of course, and then, or the like, and forsooth, freq. in prose with indic.; man ek eigi optar heimta þetta fé, enda verða þér aldri at liði síðan, I shall not call for this debt any more, ‘and also’ lend thee help never more, Vápn. 18; ef þeir eru eigi fleiri en fimm, enda eigi færi, if they are not more than five, and also not less, Grág. i. 38; enda eigu menn þá at taka annan lögsögumann ef vilja, and they shall then elect another speaker if they choose, 4; enda skulum vér þá leysa þik, and then of course we shall loose thee, Edda 20; varðar honum skóggang, enda verðr hann þar óheilagr, and of course or and even, and to boot, Grág. ii. 114; skal hann segja til þess á mannamótum, enda varðar honum þá eigi við lög, i. 343; á sá sök er hross á, enda verðr sá jamt sekr um nautnina sem aðrir menn, 432; þá á sök þá hvárr er vill, enda skal lögsögumaðr …, 10; enda á hann kost at segja lögleigor á féit, ef hann vill þat heldr, 217; trúi ek honum miklu betr en ( than) öðrum, enda skal ek þessu ráða, and besides I will settle this myself, Eg. 731; sýnisk þat jafnan at ek em fégjarn, enda man svá enn, it is well known that I am a money-loving man, and so it will be too in this case, Nj. 102; beið ek af því þinna atkvæða, enda num öllum þat bezt gegna, I waited for thy decision, and (as) that will be the best for all of us, 78; er þat ok líkast at þér sækit með kappi, enda munu þeir svá verja, and so will they do in their turn, 227; Hallgerðr var fengsöm ok storlynd, enda ( and on the other hand) kallaði hón til alls þess er aðrir áttu í nánd, 18; mikit má konungs gæfa um slíka hluti, enda mun mikill frami fásk í ferðinni ef vel tekst, Fms. iv. í 29; Ölver var málsnjallr ok máldjarfr, e. var hann vitr maðr, 235; ekki mun ek halda til þess at þú brjótir lög þín, enda eru þau eigi brotin, ef …, neither are they broken, if …, Fb. i. 173, Mork. 81.

2. with a notion of disjunction, and yet; eigi nenni ek at hafa þat saman, at veita Högna, enda drepa bróður hans, I cannot bear to do both, help Hogni and yet kill his brother, Nj. 145; er þér töldut Grænland vera veðrgott land, enda er þat þó fullt af jöklum ok frosti, that you call Greenland a mild climate, and yet it is full of frost and ice, Sks. 209 B.

3. ellipt. in an abrupt sentence, without a preceding premiss; enda tak nú öxi þína, and now take thy axe (implying that I can no longer prevent thee), Nj. 58; enda þarf hér mikils við, 94; maðrinn segir, enda fauk höfuðit af bolnum, the man continued,—nay, the head flew off the body, Ld. 290: even in some passages one MS. uses ‘enda,’ another ‘ok,’ e. g. skorti nú ekki, enda var drengilega eptir sótt (ok var drengilega eptir sótt, v. l.), Fms. viii. 357; cp. Fb. iii. 258, 1. 16, and Mork. 7, 1. 15: the law sometimes uses ‘ok’ exactly in the sense of enda, ef maðr selr ómaga sinn af landi brott, ‘ok’ verði hinn aptrreki er við tók, þá …, Grág. i. 275.

2.

d, (enda, að, Fs. 8, Ld. 50, Bs. i. 865; mod. usage distinguishes between enda að, to end, finish, and enda t, to fulfil):—to end, bring to an end; ok endi þar líf sitt, Fms. i. 297; af ráðinn ok endaðr, Fs. l. c.; endaðir sínu valdi, Bs. i. 865.

2. metaph. to bring to an end, fulfil, perform a promise or the like; þá sýslu er hann endi eigi, work which he did not perform, Grág. ii. 267; þótti Heinreki biskupi Gizurr eigi enda við konung þat sem hann hafði heitið, Fms. x. 51; enda þeir þat er Páll postuli mælti, Hom. 135; hefir þú komit ok ent þat er þú lofaðir, Niðrst. 8.

II. reflex, to end, come to an end; reiði mannsins endisk á einu augabragði, 656 A. ii. 17; er svá hefjask upp at eigi endask, 656 B. 3; þá endisk sá enn mikli höfðingskapr Dana konunga, Fms. xi. 205; þær endask ok byrjask jafnfram ávalt, Rb. 232.

2. to last out; ok endisk þá, allt á sumar fram, Nj. 18; meðan mér endask föng til, Eg. 66; en honum endisk eigi til þess líf, Bs. i. 77; en er veizlor endusk eigi fyrir fjölmennis sakir, Hkr. ii. 92; ok endisk því þetta hóti lengst, Gísl. 50; meðan ek endumk til, as long as I last, i. e. live, Fms. iv. 292.

3. to end well, do; enda mun þat fám bóndum vel endask at synja mér mægðar, Ísl. ii. 215; ek veit, at þat má honum eigi endask, ef …, Rd. 311; ok öngum skyldi öðrum hans kappa enzk hafa betta nema þér, Fas. i. 104; segir honum eigi ella endask mundu, Fms. iv. 143.

III. impers. in the phrase, sögu endar, endar þar sögu frá honum, it ends the tale, i. e. the tale is ended, Ld. 50: in mod. usage Icel. can say, saga endar, sögu endar, and saga endast, here the story ends.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ENDA
104 modo

modo (modō, C. poët.), adv. (sometimes passing into a conj.) [abl. of modus]. I. In gen., by a measure, with a limit ; hence, only, merely, solely, simply, but, no more than: unum modo: oppido modo potiti, the bare town, S.: parvam modo causam timoris adferre, Cs.: delectationem modo habere, nunc vero etiam salutem: circi modo spectaculum fuerat, L.: modo ut haec nobis loca tenere liceat; see also dum, solum, tantum.—In urgent commands or wishes, only: modo facito ut illam serves, only be sure to, T.: modo fac, ne quid aliud cures: tu modo... impende laborem, V.: vos modo animos mihi adhibete, Cu.—In the phrase, modo non, only not, almost: modo non montīs auri pollicens, T.—In the phrase, non modo, much less: quos clientīs nemo habere velit, non modo illorum cliens esse.—Usu. followed by sed or verum, not only... but: non modo ceteri, sed tu ipse: ne non modo intrare, verum aspicere possim: non modo non credibiliter, sed ne suspi<*> ciose quidem: non modo honeste, verum etiam communi luce.—But non modo usu. stands for non modo non, before ne... quidem, when both clauses have the same predicate: non modo proditori, sed ne perfugae quidem locus fuit: ut id non modo neglegentiae meae, sed ne occupation<*> quidem tribuas.— II. In conditions, with ut and subj, if but, provided only, on condition that: scies Modo ut tacere possis, T.: concede, ut impune emerit, modo ut bonā ratione emerit.—As conj, if only, provided that, on condition that: manent ingenia senibus, modo permaneat industria: ea mihi probantur, modo ne illa exceptio incurrat, etc.—Elliptic, but, but yet, if only, however: decerne, modo recte: bonis viris faciendum est modo pro facultatibus: veniam quo vocas, modo adiutore te.—With relatives, in any degree, at all, only, merely, even: servus, qui modo tolerabili condicione sit servitutis: philosophus, in quo modo esset auctoritas: primi, quā modo praeirent duces, tamen signa sequebantur, wherever, L.—With si, if only, if but: tu si modo es Romae: scis, si modo meministi, etc.: Persequar inferius, modo si licet ordine ferre, O.— III. Of time, just now, just: La. advenis modo? Pa. admodum, T.: modo nunc, V.: modo iam, Tb.— Just now, but this moment, a little while ago, lately, recently: quid dico nuper?: immo vero modo ac plane paulo ante: quae modo consulem osculata filium suum, nunc cruciatur: si hodie bella sint, quale Gallicum modo, L.— Presently, immediately, directly, in a moment: domum modo ibo, T.: modo prohiberi etiam se senatūs consulto diceret, L.—In correlation, with modo repeated, or with another adv.: modo... modo, now... now, at one moment... at another, sometimes... sometimes: modo ait, modo negat, at times he says yes, at times no, T.: Cotta meus modo hoc, modo illud: citus modo, modo tardus incessus, S.: nunc... modo, L.: modo... Nunc, O.: nobilitas perculsa modo per socios, interdum per equites, S.: saepe cum anellis, modo laevā inani, H.: modo... modo... saepe, S.—With tum or deinde, at first... then, at one time... at another: sol modo accedens, tum autem recedens: dicere modo unum, tum autem plurīs deos: ilex, paulum modo prona, deinde flexa, S.
* * *
I
ADV

only, merely; just now/recently, lately; presently
II
CONJ

but, if only; but only

Latin-English dictionary > modo
105 तावत्

tā́vat
mf ( atī)n. (fr. 2. ta Pāṇ. 5-2, 39; VI, 3, 91)

so great, so large, so much, so far, so long, so many (correlative of yā́vat;
rarely of ya orﾠ yathôkta Nal.etc.) RV. etc. ( yāvatākshaṇenatāvatā, « after so long time, in that time», as soon as Rājat. V, 110);
just a little Kir. II, 48 ;
(in alg.) an unknown quantity ( alsoﾠ with yāvat);
ind. (correlative of yā́vat) so much, so greatly, to such an extent, in such a number, so far RV. AV. etc. (tā́vat-tāvat ṠBr. I, 8, 1, 6);
so long, in that time RV. X, 88, 19 ṠBr. I Mn. etc.. ;
meanwhile, in the mean time (the correlative yāvat being often connected with a neg. e.g.. tāvacchobhatemūrkhoyāvatkiṉ-cinnabhāshate, « so long a fool shines as long as he says nothing» Hit. ;
ṡocayishyāmyātmānaṉtāvadyāvanmeprâ̱ptambrāhmaṇyam,
« so long I will emaciate myself, as long as <i.e. until> I have obtained the state of a Brāhman» R. I, 64, 19)
ṠBr. XIV, 4, 2, 30 ChUp. VI, 14, 2 Mn. MBh. etc.. ;
( alsoﾠ correlative of purā R. I, 28, 21, of yāvatāna, of yāvat preceded by purā MBh. XIII, 4556,
orﾠ without any correlative 2727 Kathās. Hit.);
at once, now, just, first
(followed by anantaram < Hit. >,
aparam < Pañcat. >, api ib.,
idānīm Hit., uta < Ṡak. >, ca Daṡ. Prab.,
tatas Mn. IV, 174 Ragh. VII, 4f.,
tad-anu Megh., tu Daṡ. VII Vedântas.,
paṡcāt R. II, punar Pañcat., vā;
very often connected with an Impv., rarely MBh. IV, 888 R. II, 56, 13 ;
with a Pot., often with the 1st person of pr. orﾠ fut. MBh. etc.;
the Impv. is sometimes to be supplied < itastāvat, « just come hither» ;
mātāvat, « by no means, God forbid!» > Ṡak. Mālav. Vikr. Prab. ;
sometimes arhasi with the inf. is used instead R. I f.);
(with na orﾠ a-) not yet MBh. etc. (followed by yāvat, « while» Kathās. XXVI, 23 ;
tāvanna-apina, « not only not-but alsoﾠ not» Kād.);
very well, all right Hcar. ;
indeed, truly (e.g.. dṛiḍhastāvadbandhaḥ, « the knot is tight I must admit» Hit. ;
gatātāvat, « she is indeed gone» Kathās. XVIII, 241) R. etc.;
already (opposed to « how much more» orﾠ « how much less») R. IV f. Ṡak. ;
really (= eva, sometimes connected with this particle
e.g.. vikrayastāvadevasaḥ, « it is really a sale») Mn. III, 53 Hariv. 7110 R. etc.. ;
(tā) instr. ind. to that extent RPrāt. XIII, 13 BhP. V, VIII ;
in that time, in the mean time, meanwhile Daṡ. Kathās. X, 24 Bharaṭ. ;
(ti), loc. ind. so far ṠBr. VIII, 6, 2, 8 ;
so long, in that time TS. II, 4 ;
+ cf. Lat. tantus
- तावत्कालम्
- तावत्कृत्वस्
- तावत्तात्
- तावत्प्रिय
- तावत्फल
- तावत्सूत्र

Sanskrit-English dictionary > तावत्
106 Adverb: types

Типы наречий и их позиции в предложении

↑ Adverb

Наречия могут относиться к различным членам предложения и к предложению целиком. Если наречие характеризует конкретный член предложения, то оно обычно стоит непосредственно перед этим членом предложения. Если наречие характеризует действие в целом, то оно может занимать три основных позиции: начальную, среднюю и конечную (подробнее об этих позициях см. Adverbial: position). Выбор из трех позиций зависит, как правило, от типа наречия.

1) Наречия образа действия. (Примеры: well, badly, slowly, happily, curiously...).

а) обычно употребляются в конечной позиции

"Perhaps," he remarked quietly, "you are already married?". — "Может быть", - сказал он тихо, - "вы уже замужем?".

б) иногда (особенно если требуется специальное выделение) употребляются в средней позиции. При пассивной форме глагола (Passive) также часто встречаются в средней позиции.

No answer was given, but the Master loudly and angrily repeated, "Are you the author of this book?". — Ответа не было, но Мастер громко и сердито повторил: "Вы - автор этой книги?"

Her books are always well written. — Ее книги всегда хорошо написаны.

2) Наречия места и направления. (Примеры: upstairs, around, abroad, backwards, underneath...).

а) обычно употребляются в конце.

What made you run away? — Почему ты убежал?

б) могут также встречаться в начальной позиции

Outside it was snowing heavily. — На улице шел сильный снег.

в) наречия here и there обычно встречаются в начальной позиции. С глаголами be, come, go при этих наречиях употребляется обратный порядок слов (Inversion), если подлежащее - не местоимение.

Here comes the sun. — Вот восходит солнце.

There he goes. — Вон он идет.

3) Временные наречия. (Примеры: today, afterwards, already, weekly, soon...).

а) обычно употребляются в конце

Are things just as you left them yesterday? — Все ли так, как ты оставил вчера?

б) если наречие не находится в основном фокусе внимания, то оно может стоять в начале предложения

Afterwards he rubbed his fingers slowly together. — Потом он стал медленно потирать пальцы друг о друга.

в) наречия finally, eventually, already, soon, last могут также употребляться в средней позиции

She seemed to hesitate over something, and finally determined to say it. — Она, казалось, колебалась некоторое время, и наконец решилась что-то сказать.

They will soon be in Yorkshire. — Скоро они будут в Йоркшире.

4) Наречия, называющие частоту действия. (Примеры: always, usually, normally, often, ever, seldom...).

а) обычно в средней позиции.

Sometimes in winter the temperature is below zero, and in summer it often rises to one hundred degrees. — Иногда зимой температура опукается ниже нуля, а летом часто доходит до ста градусов.

б) usually, normally, frequently, sometimes, occasionally могут встречаться в начале или конце предложения. Always, ever, rarely, seldom, never в таких позициях не встречаются.

Frequently, a cow, if not a herd of cattle was taken along with the family. — Довольно часто семья брала с собой корову, а то и целое стадо скота.

This doubleness may easily make us poor neighbors and friends sometimes. — Эта двойственность иногда делает нас плохими соседями и друзьями.

в) always и never могут находиться в начале императивных предложений (приказов, просьб и т.д.).

Always look in the mirror before starting to drive. — прежде чем стартовать, всегда смотри в зеркало.

5) Наречия, выражающие степень законченности действия. (Примеры: completely, practically, almost, hardly, more or less, kind of...). Обычно употребляются в средней позиции.

But they basically have no data. — У них практически нет данных.

I'm completely confident that I'll be exonerated and cleared. — Я совершенно уверен в том, что буду оправдан.

6) Наречия, выражающие степень уверенности. (Примеры: certainly, definitely, probably, obviously...).

а) обычно в средней позиции.

He's obviously in love with Catherine, who flirts with him but is completely devoted to Jack. — Он очевидно влюблен в Кэтрин, которая, хотя и кокетничает с ним, но безраздельно преданна Джеку.

б) maybe, perhaps употребляются в начальной позиции.

Maybe he is already back. — Может быть, он уже вернулся.

7) Фокусные наречия. (Примеры: just, even, only, really, simply, merely...). Наречия, "фокусирующие" внимание слушателя на характеризуемом ими слове. Обычно употребляются в средней позиции. Фокусное наречие часто характеризует не все действие, а конкретный член предложения; в этом случае оно находится перед этим членом предложения.

Oh, if you only knew how happy your letters have made me! — Если бы ты только знал, каким счастьем были для меня твои письма!

But I will charge you only twenty-five cents for the last lesson. ( only относится к twenty-five cents). — За последний урок я возьму с тебя всего двадцать пять центов.

English-Russian grammar dictionary > Adverb: types
107 in

1.
in (old forms endŏ and indŭ, freq. in ante-class. poets; cf. Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4; id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2; Lucil. ap. Lact. 5, 9, 20; Lucr. 2, 1096; 5, 102; 6, 890 et saep.), prep. with abl. and acc. [kindr. with Sanscr. an; Greek en, en-tha, en-then, eis, i. e. en-s, ana; Goth. ana; Germ. in], denotes either rest or motion within or into a place or thing; opp. to ex; in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.
I.
With abl.
A.
In space.
1.
Lit., in (with abl. of the place or thing in which):
aliorum fructus in terra est, aliorum et extra,
Plin. 19, 4, 22, § 61:
alii in corde, alii in cerebro dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
eo in rostris sedente suasit Serviliam legem Crassus,
id. Brut. 43, 161:
qui sunt cives in eadem re publica,
id. Rep. 1, 32 fin.:
facillimam in ea re publica esse concordiam, in qua idem conducat omnibus,
id. ib.:
T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:
quod si in scaena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 26, 97:
in foro palam Syracusis,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81:
plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga intereunt,
Caes. B. C. 2, 35:
tulit de caede, quae in Appia via facta esset,
Cic. Mil. 6, 15:
in via fornicata,
Liv. 22, 36:
vigebat in illa domo mos patrius et disciplina,
Cic. de Sen. 11, 37:
in domo furtum factum ab eo qui domi fuit,
Quint. 5, 10, 16:
nupta in domo,
Liv. 6, 34, 9:
copias in castris continent,
in, within, Caes. B. C. 1, 66:
cum in angusto quodam pulpito stans diceret,
Quint. 11, 3, 130:
se ac suos in vehiculo conspici,
Liv. 5, 40, 10:
malo in illa tua sedecula sedere, quam in istorum sella curuli,
Cic. Att. 4, 10:
sedere in solio,
id. Fin. 2, 21, 66:
Albae constiterant, in urbe opportuna,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 6. —
Sometimes, also, with names of places: omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat mulieres,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 182:
heri aliquot adolescentuli coiimus in Piraeo,
Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 1:
navis et in Cajeta est parata nobis et Brundisii,
Cic. Att. 8, 3, 6:
complures (naves) in Hispali faciendas curavit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 18:
caesos in Marathone ac Salamine,
Quint. 12, 10, 24:
in Berenice urbe Troglodytarum,
Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183.—
2.
In indicating a multitude or number, of, in, or among which a person or thing is, in, among (= gen. part.):
in his poeta hic nomen profitetur suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 3:
Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit,
Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 26:
peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas,
id. Fam. 13, 78, 2; cf.:
in perditis et desperatis,
id. ib. 13, 56, 1:
omnia quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis,
id. de Sen. 19, 71:
dolor in maximis malis ducitur,
id. Leg. 1, 11, 31:
justissimus unus in Teucris,
Verg. A. 2, 426:
cecidere in pugna ad duo milia... in his quatuor Romani centuriones,
Liv. 27, 12, 16:
in diis et feminae sunt,
Lact. 1, 16, 17.—
3.
Of analogous relations of place or position:
sedere in equo,
on horseback, id. Verr. 2, 5, 10:
quid legati in equis,
id. Pis. 25, 60:
sedere in leone,
Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109:
in eo flumine pons erat,
on, over, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
in herboso Apidano,
on the banks of, Prop. 1, 3, 6:
in digitis,
on tiptoe, Val. Fl. 4, 267:
castra in limite locat,
on the rampart, Tac. A. 1, 50:
ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo,
on, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27:
oleae in arbore,
Cels. 2, 24:
Caesaris in barbaris erat nomen obscurius,
among, Caes. B. C. 1, 61:
in ceteris nationibus, Cels. praef. 1: qui in Brutiis praeerat,
Liv. 25, 16, 7:
in juvenibus,
Quint. 11, 1, 32:
nutus in mutis pro sermone est,
id. 11, 3, 66.—Of dress, like cum, q. v.:
in veste candida,
Liv. 45, 20, 5; 34, 7, 3:
in calceis,
id. 24, 38, 2:
in insignibus,
id. 5, 41, 2:
in tunicis albis,
Plin. Ep. 7, 27, 13:
in Persico et vulgari habitu,
Curt. 3, 3, 4:
in lugubri veste,
id. 10, 5, 17:
in Tyriis,
Ov. A. A. 2, 297:
in Cois,
id. ib. v. 298; cf.:
homines in catenis Romam mittere,
Liv. 29, 21, 12; 32, 1, 8: quis multa te in rosa urget, etc., Hor C. 1, 5, 1; so, in viola aut in rosa, Cic. Tusc. [p. 912] 5, 26, 73.—So of arms:
duas legiones in armis,
Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 3, 395:
in armis hostis,
under arms, Ov. M. 12,65:
quae in ore atque in oculis provinciae gesta sunt (= coram),
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; so,
in oculis provinciae,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 2:
in oculis omnium,
id. ib. 1, 3, 7:
divitiae, decus, gloria in oculis sita sunt,
Sall. C. 20, 14; Curt. 4, 13, 1; Liv. 22, 12, 6:
Julianus in ore ejus (Vitellii) jugulatur,
Tac. H. 3, 77; Sen. Ben. 7, 19, 7.—Of a passage in any writing (but when the author is named, by meton., for his works, apud is used, Krebs, Antibarb. p. 561):
in populorum institutis aut legibus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 15, 42:
in illis libris qui sunt de natura deorum,
id. Fat. 1, 1:
in Timaeo dicit,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 30:
epistula, in qua omnia perscripta erant,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2:
perscribit in litteris, hostes ab se discessisse,
Caes. B. G. 5, 49; but in is also used with an author's name when, not a place in his book, but a feature of his style, etc., is referred to:
in Thucydide orbem modo orationis desidero,
Cic. Or. 71, 234:
in Herodoto omnia leniter fluunt,
Quint. 9, 4, 18.—Of books:
libri oratorii diu in manibus fuerunt,
Cic. Att. 4, 13, 2; id. Lael. 25, 96; but more freq. trop.: in manibus habere, tenere, etc., to be engaged, occupied with, to have under control or within reach:
philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18:
quam spem nunc habeat in manibus, exponam,
id. Verr. 1, 6, 16:
rem habere in manibus,
id. Att. 6, 3, 1; cf.:
neque mihi in manu fuit Jugurtha qualis foret,
in my power, Sall. J. 14, 4:
postquam nihil esse in manu sua respondebatur,
Liv. 32, 24, 2:
quod ipsorum in manu sit,... bellum an pacem malint,
Tac. A. 2, 46; but, cum tantum belli in manibus esset, was in hand, busied (cf.:
inter manus),
Liv. 4, 57, 1; so,
quorum epistulas in manu teneo,
Cic. Phil. 12, 4, 9; cf. id. Att. 2, 2, 2:
in manu poculum tenens,
id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71:
coronati et lauream in manu tenentes,
Liv. 40, 37, 3; Suet. Claud. 15 fin. —Of that which is thought of as existing in the mind, memory, character, etc.:
in animo esse,
Cic. Fam. 14, 11:
in animo habere,
id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:
lex est ratio insita in natura,
id. Leg. 1, 6, 18:
in memoria sedere,
id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:
tacito mutos volvunt in pectore questus,
Luc. 1, 247:
quanta auctoritas fuit in C. Metello!
Cic. de Sen. 17, 61. —So freq. of a person's qualities of mind or character:
erat in eo summa eloquentia, summa fides,
Cic. Mur. 28, 58; cf.:
in omni animante est summum aliquid atque optimum, ut in equis,
id. Fin. 4, 41, 37:
si quid artis in medicis est,
Curt. 3, 5, 13; cf.:
nibil esse in morte timendum,
Lucr. 3, 866.— Esp., in eo loco, in that state or condition:
in eo enim loco res sunt nostrae, ut, etc.,
Liv. 7, 35, 7: si vos in eo loco essetis, quid aliud fecissetis? Cat. ap. Quint. 9, 2, 21; so,
quo in loco, etc.: cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res essent, cognovissent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
videtis, quo in loco res haec siet, Ter Phorm. 2, 4, 6: quod ipse, si in eodem loco esset, facturus fuerit,
Liv. 37, 14, 5.—Hence, without loco, in eo esse ut, etc., to be in such a condition, etc.:
non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut Galliam armis obtineant,
Liv. 30, 19, 3:
cum res non in eo esset, ut Cyprum tentaret,
id. 33, 41, 9; 8, 27, 3; 2, 17, 5; Nep. Mil. 7, 3; id. Paus. 5, 1 (cf. I. C. 1. infra).—
B.
In time, indicating its duration, in, during, in the course of:
feci ego istaec itidem in adulescentia,
in my youth, when I was young, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 6:
in tempore hoc,
Ter. And. 4, 5, 24:
in hoc tempore,
Tac. A. 13, 47:
in tali tempore,
Sall. C. 48, 5; Liv. 22, 35; 24, 28 al.:
in diebus paucis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 77:
in brevi spatio,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 2; Suet. Vesp. 4:
in qua aetate,
Cic. Brut. 43 fin.:
in ea aetate,
Liv. 1, 57:
in omni aetate,
Cic. de Sen. 3, 9:
in aetate, qua jam Alexander orbem terrarum subegisset,
Suet. Caes. 7:
qua (sc. Iphigenia) nihil erat in eo quidem anno natum pulchrius,
in the course of, during the year, Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95 (al. eo quidem anno):
nihil in vita se simile fecisse,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 91: nihil in vita vidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. id. Clu. 6, 18:
in tota vita inconstans,
id. Tusc. 4, 13, 29.—
b.
In tempore, at the right or proper time, in time (Cic. uses only tempore; v. tempus): eccum ipsum video in tempore huc se recipere, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 24:
ni pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent,
Liv. 33, 5:
spreta in tempore gloria interdum cumulatior redit,
id. 2, 47:
rebellaturi,
Tac. A. 12, 50:
atque adeo in ipso tempore eccum ipsum obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 52: in tempore, opportune. Nos sine praepositione dicimus tempore et tempori, Don. ad Ter. And. 4, 4, 19.—
c.
In praesentia and in praesenti, at present, now, at this moment, under these circumstances:
sic enim mihi in praesentia occurrit,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 14:
vestrae quidem cenae non solum in praesentia, sed etiam postero die jucundae sunt,
id. ib. 5, 35, 100:
id quod unum maxime in praesentia desiderabatur,
Liv. 21, 37:
haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut, etc.,
for the present, Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4.—
d.
With gerunds and fut. pass. participles, to indicate duration of time, in:
fit, ut distrahatur in deliberando animus,
Cic. Off. 1, 3, 9; id. Fam. 2, 6, 2:
vitiosum esse in dividendo partem in genere numerare,
id. Fin. 2, 9, 26:
quod in litteris dandis praeter consuetudinem proxima nocte vigilarat,
id. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret,
Caes. B. G. 2, 21:
in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis hostibus,
in laying waste, id. ib. 5, 19:
in excidenda Numantia,
Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76:
cum in immolanda Iphigenia tristis Calchas esset,
id. Or. 21, 74.—
C.
In other relations, where a person or thing is thought of as in a certain condition, situation, or relation, in:
qui magno in aere alieno majores etiam possessiones habent,
Cic. Cat. 2, 8, 18:
se in insperatis repentinisque pecuniis jactare,
id. Cat. 2, 9, 20:
Larinum in summo timore omnium cum armatis advolavit,
id. Clu. 8, 25.—
So freq., of qualities or states of mind: summa in sollicitudine ac timore Parthici belli,
Caes. B. C. 3, 31:
torpescentne dextrae in amentia illa?
Liv. 23, 9, 7:
hunc diem perpetuum in laetitia degere,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Cat. 4, 1, 2:
in metu,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in voluptate,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 62:
alicui in amore esse,
beloved, id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:
alicui in amoribus esse,
id. Att. 6, 1, 12:
res in invidia erat,
Sall. J. 25, 5; Liv. 29, 37, 17: sum in expectatione omnium rerum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 10:
num... Diogenem Stoicum coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus?
in his studies, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:
mirificam cepi voluptatem ex tua diligentia: quod in summis tuis occupationibus mihi tamen rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,
even in, notwithstanding your great occupations, id. Fam. 3, 11, 4.—
So freq., of business, employment, occupations, etc.: in aliqua re versari,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 47, § 105:
similia iis, quae in consilio dixerat,
Curt. 5, 5, 23:
in certamine armorum atque in omni palaestra quid satis recte cavetur,
Quint. 9, 4, 8:
agi in judiciis,
id. 11, 1, 78:
tum vos mihi essetis in consilio,
Cic. Rep. 3, 18, 28:
in actione... dicere,
Quint. 8, 2, 2.—Of an office, magistracy:
in quo tum magistratu forte Brutus erat,
Liv. 1, 59, 7; 4, 17, 1:
in eo magistratu pari diligentia se praebuit,
Nep. Han. 7, 5 (cf. B. 1. supra):
in ea ipsa causa fuit eloquentissimus,
Cic. Brut, 43, 160:
qui non defendit nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio, quam, etc.,
is in the wrong, acts wrongly, id. Off. 1, 7, 23:
etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,
is wrong, id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:
non sunt in eo genere tantae commoditates corporis,
id. ib. 4, 12, 29; cf.:
an omnino nulla sit in eo genere distinctio,
id. Or. 61, 205:
Drusus erat de praevaricatione absolutus in summa quatuor sententiis,
on the whole, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 16; cf.:
et in omni summa, ut mones, valde me ad otium pacemque converto,
id. ib. 3, 5, 5;
but, in summa, sic maxime judex credit, etc.,
in a word, in fine, Quint. 9, 2, 72; Auct. B. Alex. 71; Just. 37, 1, 8:
horum (juvenum) inductio in parte simulacrum decurrentis exercitus erat: ex parte elegantioris exercitii quam militaris artis,
in part, Liv. 44, 9, 5; cf.:
quod mihi in parte verum videtur,
Quint. 2, 8, 6:
patronorum in parte expeditior, in parte difficilior interrogatio est,
id. 5, 7, 22:
hoc facere in eo homine consueverunt,
in the case of, Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
in furibus aerarii,
Sall. C. 52, 12:
Achilles talis in hoste fuit,
Verg. A. 2, 540:
in hoc homine saepe a me quaeris, etc.,
in the case of, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 6: in nominibus impiis, Sall. C. 51, 15:
suspectus et in morte matris fuit,
Suet. Vit. 14:
qui praesentes metuunt, in absentia hostes erunt, = absentes,
Curt. 6, 3, 8 (cf. I. B. c. supra).—Of the meaning of words, etc.:
non solum in eodem sensu, sed etiam in diverso, eadem verba contra,
Quint. 9, 3, 36:
aliter voces aut eaedem in diversa significatione ponuntur,
id. 9, 3, 69:
Sallustius in significatione ista non superesse sed superare dicit,
Gell. 1, 22, 15:
stips non dicitur in significatione trunci,
Charis. 1, 18, 39:
semper in significatione ea hortus,
Plin. 19, 4, 19, § 50. —
2.
In with abl. of adjj. is used with the verbs esse and habere to express quality:
cum exitus haud in facili essent, i. e. haud faciles,
Liv. 3, 8, 9:
adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis in difficili est,
id. 3, 8, 11; 3, 65, 11; but mostly with adjj. of the first and second declension:
in obscuro esse, Liv. praef. § 3: in dubio esse,
id. 2, 3, 1; 3, 19, 8; Ov. H. 19, 174:
dum in dubiost animus,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; 2, 2, 10:
in integro esse,
Cic. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 11, 15, 4:
in incerto esse,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
in obvio esse,
id. 37, 23, 1:
in tuto esse,
id. 38, 4, 10; cf.:
videre te in tuto,
Cat. 30, 6:
in aequo esse,
Liv. 39, 37, 14; Tac. A. 2, 44:
in expedito esse,
Curt. 4, 2, 22:
in proximo esse,
Quint. 1, 3, 4:
in aperto esse,
Sall. C. 5, 3:
in promisco esse,
Liv. 7, 17, 7:
in augusto esse,
Cels. 5, 27, 2:
in incerto haberi,
Sall. J. 46, 8; Tac. A. 15, 17:
in levi habitum,
id. H. 2, 21; cf.:
in incerto relinquere,
Liv. 5, 28, 5; Tac. H. 2, 83.
II.
With acc.
A.
In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;
v. Zumpt, Gram. § 398): influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 19:
in Ephesum advenit,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 35:
in Epirum venire,
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3:
ibo in Piraeeum, visamque, ecquae advenerit in portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2: venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum, quod... Piraeea scripserim, non Piraeeum, quam in quod addiderim;
non enim hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:
se contulisse Tarquinios, in urbem Etruriae florentissimam,
id. Rep. 2, 19:
remigrare in domum veterem e nova,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 13:
cum in sua rura venerunt,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102:
a te ipso missi in ultimas gentes,
id. Fam. 15, 9:
in Ubios legatos mittere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:
dein Thalam pervenit, in oppidum magnum et opulentum,
Sall. J. 75, 1:
Regillum antiquam in patriam se contulerat,
Liv. 3, 58, 1:
abire in exercitum,
Plaut. Am. prol. 102.— With nuntio:
cum id Zmyrnam in contionem nuntiatum est,
Tac. A. 4, 56:
nuntiatur in castra,
Lact. Most. Pers. 46; cf.:
allatis in castra nuntiis,
Tac. H. 4, 32: in manus sumere, tradere, etc., into one's hands:
iste unumquodque vas in manus sumere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 63:
Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse,
Liv. 5, 27, 3.—Rarely with the verbs ponere, collocare, etc. (pregn., i. e. to bring into... and place there):
in crimen populo ponere,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 10:
ut liberos, uxores suaque omnia in silvas deponerent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 19:
duplam pecuniam in thesauros reponi,
Liv. 29, 19, 7:
prius me collocavi in arborem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 6:
sororem et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18.— Motion in any direction, up to, to, into, down to:
in caelum ascendere,
Cic. Lael. 23 fin.:
filium ipse paene in umeros suos extulisset,
id. de Or. 1, 53, 228:
tamquam in aram confugitis ad deum,
up to the altar, id. Tusc. 3, 10, 25:
Saturno tenebrosa in Tartara misso,
Ov. M. 1, 113:
in flumen deicere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Nep. Chab. 4, 3.—
2.
Denoting mere direction towards a place or thing, and hence sometimes joined with versus, towards:
quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:
si in latus aut dextrum aut sinistrum, ut ipsi in usu est, cubat,
Cels. 2, 3:
Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
in orientem Germaniae, in occidentem Hispaniae obtenditur, Gallis in meridiem etiam inspicitur,
Tac. Agr. 10:
in laevum prona nixus sedet Inachus urna,
Stat. Th. 2, 218.—With versus:
castra ex Biturigibus movet in Arvernos versus,
towards, Caes. B. G. 7, 8 fin.:
in Galliam versus movere,
Sall. C. 56, 4: in [p. 913] ltaliam versus, Front. Strat. 1, 4, 11:
si in urbem versus venturi erant,
Plin. Ep. 10, 82. —
3.
So of that which is thought of as entering into the mind, memory, etc. (cf. I. A. 2. fin.):
in memoriam reducere,
Cic. Inv 1, 52, 98:
in animum inducere,
Liv. 27, 9:
in mentem venire,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3:
frequens imitatio transit in mores,
Quint. 1, 11, 3. —
Or into a writing or speech: in illam Metellinam orationem addidi quaedam,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 5.—
B.
In time, into, till, for:
dormiet in lucem,
into the daylight, till broad day, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 34:
statim e somno, quem plerumque in diem extrahunt, lavantur,
Tac. G. 22: sermonem in multam noctem produximus, deep into the night, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Arus. Mess. p. 239 Lindem.:
in multam noctem luxit,
Suet. Tib. 74:
si febris in noctem augetur,
Cels. 7, 27:
dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lucernis,
Plin. Ep. 4, 9, 14:
indutias in triginta annos impetraverunt,
for thirty years, Liv. 9, 37, 12; 7, 20, 8:
nisi id verbum in omne tempus perdidissem,
forever, Cic. Fam. 5, 15, 1:
ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem,
for the following day, id. Off. 3, 14, 58:
audistis auctionem constitutam in mensem Januarium,
id. Agr. 1, 2, 4:
subito reliquit annum suum seque in annum proximum transtulit,
id. Mil. 9, 24:
solis defectiones itemque lunae praedicuntur in multos annos,
for many years, id. Div. 2, 6, 17:
postero die Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie,
Liv. 27, 2:
qui ab matutino tempore duraverunt in occasum,
Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99:
seritur (semen lini) a Kalendis Octobribus in ortum aquilae,
Col. 2, 10, 17.—With usque:
neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem,
Quint. 12, 11, 20:
in illum usque diem servati,
id. 8, 3, 68:
in serum usque patente cubiculo,
Suet. Oth. 11:
regnum trahat usque in tempora fati,
Sil. 11, 392: in posterum (posteritatem) or in futurum, in future, for the future: in praesens, for the present: in perpetuum or in aeternum, forever:
sancit in posterum, ne quis, etc.,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:
res dilata est in posterum,
id. Fam. 10, 12, 3:
video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,
id. Cat. 1, 9, 22:
id aegre et in praesentia hi passi et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,
Liv. 34, 27, 10; cf.:
ingenti omnium et in praesens laetitia et in futurum spe,
id. 30, 17, 1:
effugis in futurum,
Tac. H. 1, 71:
quod eum tibi quaestoris in loco constitueras, idcirco tibi amicum in perpetuum fore putasti?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 30; cf.:
oppidum omni periculo in perpetuum liberavit,
id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:
quae (leges) non in tempus aliquod, sed perpetuae utilitatis causa in aeternum latae sunt,
Liv. 34, 6, 4: in tempus, for a while, for a short time, for the occasion (postAug.):
sensit miles in tempus conficta,
Tac. A. 1, 37:
ne urbs sine imperio esset, in tempus deligebatur, qui jus redderet,
id. ib. 6, 11:
scaena in tempus structa,
id. ib. 14, 20. —So in diem, for the day, to meet the day's want:
nihil ex raptis in diem commeatibus superabat,
Liv. 22, 40, 8:
rapto in diem frumento,
id. 4, 10, 1;
but, cum illa fundum emisset in diem,
i. e. a fixed day of payment, Nep. Att. 9, 5: in singulos dies, or simply in dies, with comparatives and verbs denoting increase, from day to day, daily:
vitium in dies crescit,
Vell. 2, 5, 2:
in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te mitto,
Cic. Att. 5, 7:
qui senescat in dies,
Liv. 22, 39, 15: in diem, daily:
nos in diem vivimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
in diem et horam,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 47;
and in horas,
hourly, id. C. 2, 13, 14; id. S. 2, 7, 10.—
C.
In other relations, in which an aiming at, an inclining or striving towards a thing, is conceivable, on, about, respecting; towards, against; for, as; in, to; into:
id, quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum,
about the philosophers, Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28:
Callimachi epigramma in Ambraciotam Cleombrotum est,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 84; cf.:
cum cenaret Simonides apud Scopam cecinissetque id car men, quod in eum scripsisset, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 86, 352:
quo amore tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejus modi patriam,
towards, id. ib. 1, 44, 196:
in liberos nostros indulgentia,
id. ib. 2, 40, 168:
de suis meritis in rem publicam aggressus est dicere,
id. Or. 38, 133: ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adjunxit injuriam, against, id. N. D. 3, 34 fin.:
in dominum quaeri,
to be examined as a witness against, id. Mil. 22, 60:
in eos impetum facere,
id. Att. 2, 22, 1:
invehi in Thebanos,
Nep. Epam. 6, 1; id. Tim. 5, 3:
quaecumque est hominis definitio, una in omnes valet,
id. Leg. 1, 10, 29:
num etiam in deos immortales inauspicatam legem valuisse?
Liv. 7, 6, 11:
vereor coram in os te laudare amplius,
to your face, Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 5:
si in me exerciturus (pugnos), quaeso, in parietem ut primum domes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 168:
in puppim rediere rates,
Luc. 3, 545 Burm. (cf.:
sic equi dicuntur in frena redire, pulsi in terga recedere, Sulp. ad loc.): Cumis eam vidi: venerat enim in funus: cui funeri ego quoque operam dedi,
to the funeral, to take charge of the funeral, Cic. Att. 15, 1, B:
se quisque eum optabat, quem fortuna in id certamen legeret,
Liv. 21, 42, 2:
quodsi in nullius mercedem negotia eant, pauciora fore,
Tac. A. 11, 6:
haec civitas mulieri redimiculum praebeat, haec in collum, haec in crines,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33:
Rhegium quondam in praesidium missa legio,
Liv. 28, 28; so,
datae in praesidium cohortes,
Tac. H. 4, 35: hoc idem significat Graecus ille in eam sententiam versus, to this effect or purport, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 25; cf. id. Fam. 9, 15, 4:
haec et in eam sententiam cum multa dixisset,
id. Att. 2, 22:
qui omnia sic exaequaverunt, ut in utramque partem ita paria redderent, uti nulla selectione uterentur,
id. Fin. 3, 4, 12:
in utramque partem disputat,
on both sides, for and against, id. Off. 3, 23, 89: te rogo, me tibi in omnes partes defendendum putes, Vatin. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 10 fin.:
facillime et in optimam partem cognoscuntur adulescentes, qui se ad claros et sapientes viros contulerunt,
id. Off. 2, 13, 46:
cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati et necati,
in the manner of slaves, Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13; cf.:
miserandum in modum milites populi Romani capti, necati sunt,
id. Prov. Cons. 3, 5:
senior quidam Veiens vaticinantis in modum cecinit,
Liv. 5, 15, 4;
also: domus et villae in urbium modum aedificatae,
Sall. C. 12, 3:
perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia legitima sint,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:
judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba quae Naevius edebat, non recusasse,
id. Quint. 20, 63; cf.:
senatusconsultum in haec verba factum,
Liv. 30, 43, 9:
pax data Philippo in has leges est,
id. 33, 30:
Gallia omnis divisa est in partes tres,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1; cf.:
quae quidem in confirmationem et reprehensionem dividuntur,
Cic. Part. Or. 9, 33: describebat censores binos in singulas civitates, i. e. for or over each state, id. Verr. 2, 2, 53; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
itaque Titurium Tolosae quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegisse,
id. Font. 5, 9:
extulit eum plebs sextantibus collatis in capita,
a head, for each person, Liv. 2, 33 fin.:
Macedonibus treceni nummi in capita statutum est pretium,
id. 32, 17, 2; cf.:
Thracia in Rhoemetalcen filium... inque liberos Cotyis dividitur (i. e. inter),
Tac. A. 2, 67.—
2.
Of the object or end in view, regarded also as the motive of action or effect:
non te in me illiberalem, sed me in se neglegentem putabit,
Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 16:
neglegentior in patrem,
Just. 32, 3, 1:
in quem omnes intenderat curas,
Curt. 3, 1, 21:
quos ardere in proelia vidi,
Verg. A. 2, 347:
in bellum ardentes,
Manil. 4, 220:
nutante in fugam exercitu,
Flor. 3, 10, 4:
in hanc tam opimam mercedem agite ( = ut eam vobis paretis, Weissenb. ad loc.),
Liv. 21, 43, 7:
certa praemia, in quorum spem pugnarent,
id. 21, 45, 4:
in id sors dejecta,
id. 21, 42, 2:
in id fide accepta,
id. 28, 17, 9:
in spem pacis solutis animis,
id. 6, 11, 5 et saep.:
ingrata misero vita ducenda est in hoc, ut, etc.,
Hor. Epod. 17, 63:
nec in hoc adhibetur, ut, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 16, 3:
alius non in hoc, ut offenderet, facit, id. de Ira, 2, 26, 3: in quod tum missi?
Just. 38, 3, 4.—So, like ad, with words expressing affections or inclination of the mind:
in obsequium plus aequo pronus,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 10:
paratus in res novas,
Tac. H. 4, 32:
in utrumque paratus,
Verg. A. 2, 61.—
3.
Of the result of an act or effort:
denique in familiae luctum atque in privignorum funus nupsit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
paratusque miles, ut ordo agminis in aciem adsisteret,
Tac. A. 2, 16: excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis in antrum, Verg. A. 6, 42:
portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum,
id. ib. 3, 533:
populum in obsequia principum formavit,
Just. 3, 2, 9:
omnium partium decus in mercedem conruptum erat,
Sall. H. 1, 13 Dietsch:
commutari ex veris in falsa,
Cic. Fat. 9, 17; 9, 18:
in sollicitudinem versa fiducia est,
Curt. 3, 8, 20.—
4.
Esp. in the phrase: in gratiam or in honorem, alicujus, in kindness, to show favor, out of good feeling, to show honor, etc., to any one (first in Liv.; cf. Weissenb. ad Liv. 28, 21, 4;
Krebs, Antibarb. p. 562): in gratiam levium sociorum injuriam facere,
Liv. 39, 26, 12:
pugnaturi in gratiam ducis,
id. 28, 21, 4:
quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,
id. 28, 39, 13; cf. id. 35, 2, 6; 26, 6, 16:
oratio habita in sexus honorem,
Quint. 1, 1, 6:
convivium in honorem victoriae,
id. 11, 2, 12:
in honorem Quadratillae,
Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 7:
in honorem tuum,
Sen. Ep. 20, 7; 79, 2; 92, 1; Vell. 2, 41 al.—
5.
In the phrase, in rem esse, to be useful, to avail (cf.: e re esse;
opp.: contra rem esse): ut aequom est, quod in rem esse utrique arbitremur,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 10:
si in rem est Bacchidis,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 2, 2, 7:
hortatur, imperat, quae in rem sunt,
Liv. 26, 44, 7:
cetera, quae cognosse in rem erat,
id. 22, 3, 2; 44, 19, 3:
in rem fore credens universos adpellare,
Sall. C. 20, 1; cf.:
in duas res magnas id usui fore,
Liv. 37, 15, 7:
in hos usus,
Verg. A. 4, 647.—
6.
To form adverbial expressions:
non nominatim, qui Capuae, sed in universum qui usquam coissent, etc.,
in general, Liv. 9, 26, 8; cf.:
terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,
Tac. G. 5:
in universum aestimanti, etc.,
id. ib. 6:
aestate in totum, si fieri potest, abstinendum est (Venere),
wholly, entirely, Cels. 1, 3 fin.; cf. Col. 2, 1, 2:
in plenum dici potest, etc.,
fully, Plin. 16, 40, 79, § 217:
Marii virtutem in majus celebrare,
beyond due bounds, Sall. J. 73, 5:
aliter se corpus habere atque consuevit, neque in pejus tantum, sed etiam in melius,
for the worse, for the better, Cels. 2, 2:
in deterius,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in mollius,
id. ib. 14, 39:
quid enim est iracundia in supervacuum tumultuante frigidius? Sen. de Ira, 2, 11: civitas saepta muris neque in barbarum corrupta (v. barbarus),
Tac. A. 6, 42; cf.:
aucto in barbarum cognomento,
id. H. 5, 2:
priusquam id sors cerneret, in incertum, ne quid gratia momenti faceret, in utramque provinciam decerni,
while the matter was uncertain, Liv. 43, 12, 2:
nec puer Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos In tantum spe tollet avos,
so much, Verg. A. 6, 876:
in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27, 4; cf.:
quaedam (aquae) fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24:
viri in tantum boni, in quantum humana simplicitas intellegi potest,
Vell. 2, 43, 4:
quippe pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,
Ov. M. 11, 71:
meliore in omnia ingenio animoque quam fortuna usus,
in all respects, Vell. 2, 13:
ut simul in omnia paremur,
Quint. 11, 3, 25:
in antecessum dare,
beforehand, Sen. Ep. 118.—
7.
Sometimes with esse, habere, etc., in is followed by the acc. (constr. pregn.), to indicate a direction, aim, purpose, etc. (but v. Madvig. Gram. § 230, obs. 2, note, who regards these accusatives as originating in errors of pronunciation); so, esse in potestatem alicujus, to come into and remain in one ' s power: esse in mentem alicui, to come into and be in one ' s mind: esse in conspectum, to appear to and be in sight: esse in usum, to come into use, be used, etc.:
quod, qui illam partem urbis tenerent, in eorum potestatem portum futurum intellegebant,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38:
ut portus in potestatem Locrensium esset,
Liv. 24, 1, 13; 2, 14, 4:
eam optimam rem publicam esse duco, quae sit in potestatem optimorum,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17:
neque enim sunt motus in nostram potestatem,
Quint. 6, 2, 29:
numero mihi in mentem fuit,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 25; cf.:
ecquid in mentem est tibi?
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 53:
nec prius surrexisse ac militibus in conspectum fuisse, quam, etc.,
Suet. Aug. 16:
quod satis in usum fuit, sublato, ceterum omne incensum est,
Liv. 22, 20, 6: ab hospitibus clientibusque suis, ab exteris nationibus, quae in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque essent, injurias propulsare, Cic. Div. ap. Caecil. 20, 66: adesse in senatum [p. 914] jussit a. d. XIII. Kal. Octobr., id. Phil. 5, 7, 19.—Less freq. with habere: facito in memoriam habeas tuam majorem filiam mihi te despondisse, call or bring to mind, Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 108:
M. Minucium magistrum equitum, ne quid rei bellicae gereret, prope in custodiam habitum,
put in prison, kept in prison, Liv. 22, 25, 6:
reliquos in custodiam habitos,
Tac. H. 1, 87.—So rarely with other verbs:
pollicetur se provinciam Galliam retenturum in senatus populique Romani potestatem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 8. —
III.
In composition, n regularly becomes assimilated to a foll. l, m, or r, and is changed before the labials into m: illabor, immitto, irrumpo, imbibo, impello.—As to its meaning, according as it is connected with a verb of rest or motion, it conveys the idea of existence in a place or thing, or of motion, direction, or inclination into or to a place or thing: inesse; inhibere, inferre, impellere, etc. See Hand, Turs. III. pp. 243- 356.
2.
in (before b and p, im; before l, m, and r, the n assimilates itself to these consonants), an inseparable particle [kindred with Sanscr. a-, an-; Gr. a-, an; Goth. and Germ. un-], which negatives the meaning of the noun or participle with which it is connected; Engl. un-, in-, not: impar, unequal: intolerabilis, unbearable, intolerable: immitis, not mild, rude, etc.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > in
108 Introduction

   Portugal is a small Western European nation with a large, distinctive past replete with both triumph and tragedy. One of the continent's oldest nation-states, Portugal has frontiers that are essentially unchanged since the late 14th century. The country's unique character and 850-year history as an independent state present several curious paradoxes. As of 1974, when much of the remainder of the Portuguese overseas empire was decolonized, Portuguese society appeared to be the most ethnically homogeneous of the two Iberian states and of much of Europe. Yet, Portuguese society had received, over the course of 2,000 years, infusions of other ethnic groups in invasions and immigration: Phoenicians, Greeks, Celts, Romans, Suevi, Visigoths, Muslims (Arab and Berber), Jews, Italians, Flemings, Burgundian French, black Africans, and Asians. Indeed, Portugal has been a crossroads, despite its relative isolation in the western corner of the Iberian Peninsula, between the West and North Africa, Tropical Africa, and Asia and America. Since 1974, Portugal's society has become less homogeneous, as there has been significant immigration of former subjects from its erstwhile overseas empire.

   Other paradoxes should be noted as well. Although Portugal is sometimes confused with Spain or things Spanish, its very national independence and national culture depend on being different from Spain and Spaniards. Today, Portugal's independence may be taken for granted. Since 1140, except for 1580-1640 when it was ruled by Philippine Spain, Portugal has been a sovereign state. Nevertheless, a recurring theme of the nation's history is cycles of anxiety and despair that its freedom as a nation is at risk. There is a paradox, too, about Portugal's overseas empire(s), which lasted half a millennium (1415-1975): after 1822, when Brazil achieved independence from Portugal, most of the Portuguese who emigrated overseas never set foot in their overseas empire, but preferred to immigrate to Brazil or to other countries in North or South America or Europe, where established Portuguese overseas communities existed.

   Portugal was a world power during the period 1415-1550, the era of the Discoveries, expansion, and early empire, and since then the Portuguese have experienced periods of decline, decadence, and rejuvenation. Despite the fact that Portugal slipped to the rank of a third- or fourth-rate power after 1580, it and its people can claim rightfully an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions that assure their place both in world and Western history. These distinctions should be kept in mind while acknowledging that, for more than 400 years, Portugal has generally lagged behind the rest of Western Europe, although not Southern Europe, in social and economic developments and has remained behind even its only neighbor and sometime nemesis, Spain.

   Portugal's pioneering role in the Discoveries and exploration era of the 15th and 16th centuries is well known. Often noted, too, is the Portuguese role in the art and science of maritime navigation through the efforts of early navigators, mapmakers, seamen, and fishermen. What are often forgotten are the country's slender base of resources, its small population largely of rural peasants, and, until recently, its occupation of only 16 percent of the Iberian Peninsula. As of 1139—10, when Portugal emerged first as an independent monarchy, and eventually a sovereign nation-state, England and France had not achieved this status. The Portuguese were the first in the Iberian Peninsula to expel the Muslim invaders from their portion of the peninsula, achieving this by 1250, more than 200 years before Castile managed to do the same (1492).

   Other distinctions may be noted. Portugal conquered the first overseas empire beyond the Mediterranean in the early modern era and established the first plantation system based on slave labor. Portugal's empire was the first to be colonized and the last to be decolonized in the 20th century. With so much of its scattered, seaborne empire dependent upon the safety and seaworthiness of shipping, Portugal was a pioneer in initiating marine insurance, a practice that is taken for granted today. During the time of Pombaline Portugal (1750-77), Portugal was the first state to organize and hold an industrial trade fair. In distinctive political and governmental developments, Portugal's record is more mixed, and this fact suggests that maintaining a government with a functioning rule of law and a pluralist, representative democracy has not been an easy matter in a country that for so long has been one of the poorest and least educated in the West. Portugal's First Republic (1910-26), only the third republic in a largely monarchist Europe (after France and Switzerland), was Western Europe's most unstable parliamentary system in the 20th century. Finally, the authoritarian Estado Novo or "New State" (1926-74) was the longest surviving authoritarian system in modern Western Europe. When Portugal departed from its overseas empire in 1974-75, the descendants, in effect, of Prince Henry the Navigator were leaving the West's oldest empire.

   Portugal's individuality is based mainly on its long history of distinc-tiveness, its intense determination to use any means — alliance, diplomacy, defense, trade, or empire—to be a sovereign state, independent of Spain, and on its national pride in the Portuguese language. Another master factor in Portuguese affairs deserves mention. The country's politics and government have been influenced not only by intellectual currents from the Atlantic but also through Spain from Europe, which brought new political ideas and institutions and novel technologies. Given the weight of empire in Portugal's past, it is not surprising that public affairs have been hostage to a degree to what happened in her overseas empire. Most important have been domestic responses to imperial affairs during both imperial and internal crises since 1415, which have continued to the mid-1970s and beyond. One of the most important themes of Portuguese history, and one oddly neglected by not a few histories, is that every major political crisis and fundamental change in the system—in other words, revolution—since 1415 has been intimately connected with a related imperial crisis. The respective dates of these historical crises are: 1437, 1495, 1578-80, 1640, 1820-22, 1890, 1910, 1926-30, 1961, and 1974. The reader will find greater detail on each crisis in historical context in the history section of this introduction and in relevant entries.

   LAND AND PEOPLE

   The Republic of Portugal is located on the western edge of the Iberian Peninsula. A major geographical dividing line is the Tagus River: Portugal north of it has an Atlantic orientation; the country to the south of it has a Mediterranean orientation. There is little physical evidence that Portugal is clearly geographically distinct from Spain, and there is no major natural barrier between the two countries along more than 1,214 kilometers (755 miles) of the Luso-Spanish frontier. In climate, Portugal has a number of microclimates similar to the microclimates of Galicia, Estremadura, and Andalusia in neighboring Spain. North of the Tagus, in general, there is an Atlantic-type climate with higher rainfall, cold winters, and some snow in the mountainous areas. South of the Tagus is a more Mediterranean climate, with hot, dry, often rainless summers and cool, wet winters. Lisbon, the capital, which has a fifth of the country's population living in its region, has an average annual mean temperature about 16° C (60° F).

   For a small country with an area of 92,345 square kilometers (35,580 square miles, including the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and the Madeiras), which is about the size of the state of Indiana in the United States, Portugal has a remarkable diversity of regional topography and scenery. In some respects, Portugal resembles an island within the peninsula, embodying a unique fusion of European and non-European cultures, akin to Spain yet apart. Its geography is a study in contrasts, from the flat, sandy coastal plain, in some places unusually wide for Europe, to the mountainous Beira districts or provinces north of the Tagus, to the snow-capped mountain range of the Estrela, with its unique ski area, to the rocky, barren, remote Trás-os-Montes district bordering Spain. There are extensive forests in central and northern Portugal that contrast with the flat, almost Kansas-like plains of the wheat belt in the Alentejo district. There is also the unique Algarve district, isolated somewhat from the Alentejo district by a mountain range, with a microclimate, topography, and vegetation that resemble closely those of North Africa.

   Although Portugal is small, just 563 kilometers (337 miles) long and from 129 to 209 kilometers (80 to 125 miles) wide, it is strategically located on transportation and communication routes between Europe and North Africa, and the Americas and Europe. Geographical location is one key to the long history of Portugal's three overseas empires, which stretched once from Morocco to the Moluccas and from lonely Sagres at Cape St. Vincent to Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. It is essential to emphasize the identity of its neighbors: on the north and east Portugal is bounded by Spain, its only neighbor, and by the Atlantic Ocean on the south and west. Portugal is the westernmost country of Western Europe, and its shape resembles a face, with Lisbon below the nose, staring into the

   Atlantic. No part of Portugal touches the Mediterranean, and its Atlantic orientation has been a response in part to turning its back on Castile and Léon (later Spain) and exploring, traveling, and trading or working in lands beyond the peninsula. Portugal was the pioneering nation in the Atlantic-born European discoveries during the Renaissance, and its diplomatic and trade relations have been dominated by countries that have been Atlantic powers as well: Spain; England (Britain since 1707); France; Brazil, once its greatest colony; and the United States.

   Today Portugal and its Atlantic islands have a population of roughly 10 million people. While ethnic homogeneity has been characteristic of it in recent history, Portugal's population over the centuries has seen an infusion of non-Portuguese ethnic groups from various parts of Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. Between 1500 and 1800, a significant population of black Africans, brought in as slaves, was absorbed in the population. And since 1950, a population of Cape Verdeans, who worked in menial labor, has resided in Portugal. With the influx of African, Goan, and Timorese refugees and exiles from the empire—as many as three quarters of a million retornados ("returned ones" or immigrants from the former empire) entered Portugal in 1974 and 1975—there has been greater ethnic diversity in the Portuguese population. In 2002, there were 239,113 immigrants legally residing in Portugal: 108,132 from Africa; 24,806 from Brazil; 15,906 from Britain; 14,617 from Spain; and 11,877 from Germany. In addition, about 200,000 immigrants are living in Portugal from eastern Europe, mainly from Ukraine. The growth of Portugal's population is reflected in the following statistics:

   1527 1,200,000 (estimate only)

   1768 2,400,000 (estimate only)

   1864 4,287,000 first census

   1890 5,049,700

   1900 5,423,000

   1911 5,960,000

   1930 6,826,000

   1940 7,185,143

   1950 8,510,000

   1960 8,889,000

   1970 8,668,000* note decrease

   1980 9,833,000

   1991 9,862,540

   1996 9,934,100

   2006 10,642,836

   2010 10,710,000 (estimated)

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Introduction
109 juntarse

juntarse

► verbo pronominal

1 (unirse) to join, get together; (ríos, caminos) to meet

■ nos juntamos todos los domingos we get together every Sunday

2 (acercarse) to squeeze up

■ juntaos un poco que no quepo squeeze up, I can't get in

3 (relacionarse) to go out ( con, with), mix ( con, with)

■ últimamente no se junta con nadie she is being remarkably antisocial lately

4 (amancebarse) to move in ( con, with), start living together

* * *

to join

* * *

VPR

1) (=reunirse)

a) [para una cita] to get together, meet up

por la tarde nos juntamos todos para jugar a las cartas — in the afternoons we all get together o meet up to play cards

juntarse con algn — to get together with sb, meet up with sb

a veces se juntan con otros matrimonios y salen por ahí — they sometimes get together o meet up with other couples and go out somewhere

b) [en asamblea, trabajo] to meet

solían juntarse en ese local — they used to meet on those premises

c) [sin citarse] to come together

en el estadio se juntarán hoy bastantes figuras del fútbol — many famous figures in football will come together in the stadium today

en la sala apenas se juntaron dos docenas de personas — less than two dozen people assembled in the hall

se juntaron más de cinco mil personas para oírlo — more than five thousand people assembled o came together to listen to him

2) (=unirse)

se fue juntando mucha más gente por el camino — many more people joined them along the way

se juntan un espermatozoide y un óvulo — a sperm and an egg join together

juntarse a o con algn — to join up with sb

salimos de París por la mañana y en Calais se nos juntó Pedro — we left Paris in the morning and Pedro joined up with us o met up with us in Calais

se juntó a otros dos músicos para crear un nuevo grupo — he joined up with two other musicians to create a new band

3) (=arrimarse) [varias personas] to move closer together

si te juntas un poco más cabremos todos en el banco — if you move up a bit we can all get on the bench

4) (=relacionarse) [pareja] to get together

juntarse con algn — [gen] to mix with sb; [en pareja] to get together with sb

allí se puede uno juntar con la crema de la sociedad — there you can mix with the cream of society

no me gusta que te juntes con esa gente — I don't like you going round o mixing with those people

5) (=ocurrir a la vez) to come together

en su poesía se juntan elementos tradicionales y renovadores — traditional and new elements come together in his poetry

la semana pasada se me juntó todo — it was just one thing after another last week

se juntaron dos bodas el mismo día — there were two marriages on the same day

se te va a juntar el desayuno con la comida — you'll be having breakfast at the same time as your lunch

6) [empresas, asociaciones] to merge

ambas coordinadoras se juntaron en una organización central — both coordinating committees merged to form a centralized organization

7) [líneas, caminos] to meet, join

8) (Zool) to mate, copulate

* * *

(v.) = be together

Ex. 'Much as I hate to admit it,' she added, her face creasing in a knowing smile, 'some of my best friends are librarians, and I can't get over how they tear their colleagues to shreds when they' re together' = "Siento mucho admitirlo", ella añadió mientras su cara se arrugaba dibujándose en ella una sonrisa de complicidad, "algunos de mis mejores amigos son bibliotecarios y no puedo entender cómo critican a otros colegas suyos cuando se jutan".

* * *

(v.) = be together

Ex: 'Much as I hate to admit it,' she added, her face creasing in a knowing smile, 'some of my best friends are librarians, and I can't get over how they tear their colleagues to shreds when they' re together' = "Siento mucho admitirlo", ella añadió mientras su cara se arrugaba dibujándose en ella una sonrisa de complicidad, "algunos de mis mejores amigos son bibliotecarios y no puedo entender cómo critican a otros colegas suyos cuando se jutan".

* * *

■juntarse verbo reflexivo
1 (aproximarse, unirse) to join
(converger) to meet
2 (congregarse) to gather: nos juntaremos en tu casa, we'll meet at your house
' juntarse' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
unirse
- andar
- juntar
- unir
English:
assemble
- bunch together
- bunch up
- get in with
- meet
- rally round
- together
- get
- hang

* * *

vpr

1. [ríos, caminos] to meet;

aquí se junta la A-1 con la M-40 this is where the A-1 joins o meets the M-40

2. [reunirse] to get together;

se juntó con el resto de la familia para cenar she got together with the rest of the family for dinner

3. [arrimarse]
si nos juntamos un poco, cabremos mejor if we squeeze up a bit, we'll all be able to fit in;

juntaos algo más, que no salís todos move together a bit or you won't all be in the photo

4. [convivir]
se ha juntado con una compañera de trabajo he's moved in with a woman from work;

los jóvenes ya no se casan sino que se juntan young people don't get married any more, they just live together

5. [coincidir] to coincide ( con with);
se junta su boda con nuestras vacaciones her wedding clashes o coincides with our Br holidays o US vacation;

¡caramba, se nos junta todo! God, it never rains but it pours!;

Comp

se junta el hambre con las ganas de comer it's one thing on top of another

6. [copular] to copulate, to mate

* * *

juntarse

v/r

1 ( reunirse) meet, assemble

2 de pareja: empezar a salir start going out; empezar a vivir juntos move in together

3

:

juntarse con alguien socialmente mix with s.o.

4 de caminos, ríos meet, join

* * *

vr

1) : to join together

2) : to socialize, to get together

* * *

juntarse vb

1. (ponerse juntos) to move closer together

juntaos para que quepa uno más move closer together so that one more can fit in

2. (reunirse) to get together

nos juntamos todos los sábados we get together every Saturday

Spanish-English dictionary > juntarse
110 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR
111 раз

I муж.
1) time; occasion

в два раза меньше (чем) — two times less

в два раза больше (чем) — twice as many/much (as)

в пять раз — five times more, by a factor of five

во второй (третий и т.п.) раз — for the second (third, etc.) time

(один) раз — once

два раза — twice

как раз (впору) — just, the very

в самый раз разг. — just in time ( вовремя); just right, that's it (то, что нужно); to be a perfect fit, to be just one's size ( подходить впору)

в который раз — once more, once again, yet again

несколько раз — a few times, several times, more than once

лишний раз — one more time

иной раз, другой раз — sometimes, at times, occasionally

на этот раз — this time, for (this) once; on this occasion

ни разу — not once, never

с одного раза — at one dash

- не раз

2) нескл. (при счете = один)

one

это раз (при перечислении) — that is the first reason

••

вот тебе (и) раз разг. — that's done it!; well, I never!; can you beat that! амер.

раз в год по обещанию — разг. once in a blue moon

раз за разом — over and over again, time and again

раз на раз не приходится — it's never the same twice

раз от разу — each /every time
II нареч.
( однажды) once, one day
III союз
since; if

раз он не пойдет... — since he is not going...

Русско-английский словарь по общей лексике > раз
112 sua

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sua
113 supra

sū̆prā (orig. form sŭpĕrā, Lucr. 1, 429; 4, 672; 5, 1407; Cic. poët. N. D. 2, 42, 106; cf. Prisc. pp. 980 and 1001 P.), adv. and prep. [superus].
I.
Adv., on the upper side, on the top, above.
A.
Lit., of place:
omnia haec, quae supra et subter, unum esse dixerunt,
Cic. de Or. 3, 5, 20:
partes eae, quae sunt infra quam id, quod devoratur, dilatantur, quae autem supra, contrahuntur,
id. N. D. 2, 54, 135:
magno numero jumentorum in flumine supra atquo infra constituto,
Caes. B. C. 1, 64; and:
et mare, quod supra, teneant, quodque alluit infra,
Verg. A. 8, 149:
oleum supra siet,
Cato, R. R. 119; 101:
cotem illam et novaculam defossam in comitio supraque impositum puteal accepimus,
Cic. Div. 1, 17, 33:
toto vertice supra est,
i. e. is taller, Verg. A. 11, 683: ut letata corpora vidit Victoremque supra hostem, i. e. lying or stretched over them, Ov. M. 3, 56; cf.:
stupet inscia supra,
Verg. A. 7, 381.— Comp.:
alia superius rapiuntur,
upward, on high, Sen. Q. N. 5, 8, 3: piscina superius construenda, Pall. 1, 34, 2 (opp. subterius, Isid. 16, 8, 4).—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time, before, formerly, previously (esp. of any thing previously said or written):
quae supra scripta est,
Cato, R. R. 157, 2:
quod jam supra tibi ostendimus,
Lucr. 1, 429:
quae supra dixi,
Cic. de Or. 3, 55, 208:
quae supra scripsi,
id. Fam. 6, 10, 2:
quem supra deformavi,
id. Caecin. 5, 14:
uti supra demonstravimus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 1:
ut supra dixi,
Cic. Rep. 2, 4, 9; id. Lael. 4, 15; 14, 48:
ut supra scripsi,
Plin. Ep. 6, 27, 5:
de quo (filio) commemoravi supra,
Nep. Dion, 6, 2:
supra repetere,
farther back, from past times, Sall. C. 5, 9; id. J. 5, 3; Tac. A. 16, 18.— Comp.:
quantum valerent inter homines litterae, Dixi superius,
before, farther back, Phaedr. 4, 23, 2: ut superius demonstravimus, Auct. B. Hisp. 28, 4; 34, 5.—
2.
Of number or measure, beyond, over, more:
supra adjecit Aeschrio,
offered higher, more, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33, § 77:
amor tantus ut nihil supra possit,
id. Fam. 14, 1, 4:
ita accurate, ut nihil posset supra,
id. Att. 13, 19, 3:
nihil pote supra,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 11:
voltu Adeo modesto, ut nihil supra,
id. And. 1, 1, 93; id. Eun. 3, 1, 37:
nihil supra Deos lacesso,
Hor. C. 2, 18, 11.—After et or aut ( poet. and post-class.):
agrum fortasse trecentis Aut etiam supra nummorum milibus emptum,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 165:
quot illum putas annos secum tulisse? Septuaginta et supra,
Petr. 43 fin.:
tricena aut supra stipendia numerantes,
Tac. A. 1, 35:
a triginta annis et supra,
Vulg. Num. 4, 23; 4, 30; 4, 35 (cf. II. B. 2. infra).—
b.
With quam, less freq. quod, above or beyond what, more than:
saepe supra feret, quam fieri possit,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
corpus patiens inediae, algoris, vigiliae, supra quam cuiquam credibile est,
Sall. C. 5, 3; id. J. 24, 5:
dominandi supra quam aestimari potest avidissimus,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 1 med.:
supra quam optari potuit,
Amm. 17, 1, 12:
supra quod capere possum,
Dig. 32, 1, 28.—
II.
Prep. with acc., above, over.
A.
Lit., of place:
si essent, qui sub terrā semper habitavissent... nec exissent umquam supra terram,
Cic. N. D. 2, 37, 95:
ille qui supra nos habitat,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 38:
supra tribunal et supra praetoris caput,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33, § 77:
supra eum locum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 9:
supra se in summo jugo,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
accubueram horā nonā... et quidem supra me Atticus, infra Verrius,
Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 1:
saltu supra venabula fertur,
Verg. A. 9, 553:
supra segetes Navigat,
over the cornfields, Ov. M. 1, 295:
attolli supra ceteros mortales,
Plin. 34, 6, 12, § 27 (dub.;
Jahn, super): supra lignum turba insilit,
Phaedr. 1, 2, 20:
ecce supra caput homo levis ac sordidus,
i. e. burdensome, annoying, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 6; so,
supra caput esse,
to be close at hand, Sall. C. 52, 24; cf. Verg. A. 3, 194; Liv. 3, 17, 4; 4, 22, 6; Tac. H. 4, 69; Sen. Ep 108;
rarely supra capita,
Liv. 42, 42, 6.—
2.
In partic., of geographical position, above, beyond: supra Maeotis paludes, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 5, 17, 49 (Epigr. v. 7, p. 163 Vahl.):
supra Suessulam,
Liv. 23, 32, 2:
Syene oppidum, quod est supra Alexandriam quinque millibus stadiorum,
Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183;
supra Britanniam,
id. 2, 97, 99, § 217. —
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time, before:
paulo supra hanc memoriam,
Caes. B. G. 6, 19; supra septingentesimum annum, Liv. praef. § 4.—
2.
Of number, degree, or quantity.
(α).
With numbers, = plus, amplius (not in Cic. or Cæs.), over, above, beyond, more than:
supra quattuor milia hominum orabunt ut, etc.,
Liv. 43, 3, 2:
caesa eo die supra milia viginti,
id. 30, 35, 3; 3, 31, 4:
supra septem milia hominum domos remisit,
id. 21, 23, 6; 23, 17, 2; 23, 37, 11 sq.; 23, 49, 13; Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 17; 3, 6, 1; 3, 7, 11:
supra duos menses sapor ejus non permanet integer,
Col. 12, 49, 3:
tres (cyathos),
Hor. C. 3, 19, 15.—
(β).
In gen.:
quibus solida ungula, nec supra geminos fetus,
Plin. 11, 40, 95, § 233; cf.:
de floribus supra dictus scripsit Theophrastus,
besides, id. 21, 3, 9, § 13:
hominis fortunam,
Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 41:
ratio supra hominem putanda est deoque tribuenda,
id. N. D. 2, 13, 34:
potentia, quae supra leges se esse velit,
id. Ep. ad Brut. 1, 17, 6:
humanam supra fortunam,
Phaedr. 4, 24, 24:
supra Coclites Muciosque id facinus esse,
Liv. 2, 13, 8:
modum,
id. 21, 7, 7; Col. 4, 27, 4:
vires,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 22: humanam fidem Plin. 34, 7, 17, § 38: morem, Verg. G. 2, 227; Sall. C. 3, 2:
supra belli Latini metum id quoque accesserat, quod,
besides, Liv. 2, 18, 3.—Prov.:
supra homines, supra ire deos pietate,
i. e. to attain the highest degree, Verg. A. 12, 839 Heyne ad loc.—
3.
Sometimes to indicate that over which one is placed as superintendent (mostly postclass.):
dispositi, quos supra somnum habebat,
watchers, Curt. 6, 11, 3:
qui supra bibliothecam fuerunt,
Vitr. 7, praef. §
5: servus supra rationes positus,
Pseudo Quint. Decl. 353:
SVPRA INSVLAS,
Inscr. Orell. 721 and 2927:
SVPRA IVMENTA,
ib. 2870:
SVPRA VELARIOS,
ib. 2967:
SVPRA COCOS,
ib. 2827; Inscr. Grut. p. 1111, 1.—
III.
Compounds formed with supra are extremely rare. In late Lat. supradictus, suprafatus, suprafundo, suprajacio, supranatans, suprasedeo, etc., are found, but here supra is properly written separately as an adv.; only suprascando (v. h. v.), on account of its signif., is to be written as one word.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > supra
114 suum

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suum
115 suus

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suus
116 vicis

vĭcis (as a gen.; the nom. does not occur), vicem, vice; in plur., vices (nom. and acc.) and vicibus (dat. and abl.), f. [cf. Gr. eikô, to yield; root Wik-; v. Curt. Gr. Etym. p. 135], change, interchange, alternation, alternate or reciprocal succession, vicissitude (the gen. not ante-Aug.; the other cases class.).
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen. (mostly poet. and in post-Aug. prose; for which, in class. prose, vicissitudo).
(α).
Sing.: ignotus juvenum coetus alternā vice Inibat alacris, Enn. ap. Charis. p. 214 P. (Trag. v. 151 Vahl.):
hac vice sermonum,
conversation, Verg. A. 6, 535:
vice sermonis,
Ov. Tr. 4, 4, 79; cf. in the foll. b:
deus haec fortasse benigna Reducet in sedem vice,
Hor. Epod. 13, 8:
solvitur acris hiems grata vice veris et Favoni,
id. C. 1, 4, 1:
commoti Patres vice fortunarum humanarum,
Liv. 7, 31, 6: dum Nox vicem peragit, performs the exchange, i. e. alternales with day, Ov. M. 4, 218:
ridica contingens vitem mutuā vice sustinetur et sustinet,
Col. 4, 16:
versā vice,
reversely, Dig. 43, 29, 3; App. Dogm. Plat. p. 32, 6; id. Flor. p. 363; Just. 6, 5, 11 al.—
(β).
Plur.:
plerumque gratae divitibus vices Mundaeque parvo sub Lare pauperum Cenae,
Hor. C. 3, 29, 13:
et interrogandi se ipsum et respondendi sibi solent esse non ingratae vices,
Quint. 9, 2, 14:
loquendi,
id. 6, 4, 11; Ov. P. 2, 10, 35:
ipsius lectionis taedium vicibus levatur,
Quint. 1, 12, 4:
habet has vices condicio mortalium, ut adversa ex secundis, ex adversis secunda nascantur,
Plin. Pan. 5 fin.:
spatium diei noctis excipiunt vices,
Phaedr. 2, 8, 10:
haec quoque non perstant... Quasque vices peragant... docebo,
what vicissitudes they undergo, Ov. M. 15, 238:
mutat terra vices,
renews her changes, Hor. C. 4, 7, 3:
perque vicis modo Persephone! modo Filia! clamat,
alternately, Ov. F. 4, 483; so,
per vicis,
id. M. 4, 40; Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23:
per vices annorum,
i. e. every other year, id. 12, 14, 30, § 54:
cur vicibus factis convivia ineant,
alternately, by turns, Ov. F. 4, 353.—
2.
Adverb.: in vicem (also freq. one word, invĭcem; and less freq. vicem, in vices, or per vices), by turns, alternately, one after the other, mutually, reciprocally.
a.
In vicem: bibenda aqua: postero die etiam vinum: deinde in vicem alternis diebus modo aqua modo vinum, Cels. 3, 2 med.:
reliqui, qui domi manserunt, se atque alios alunt: hi rursus in vicem anno post in armis sunt,
Caes. B. G. 4, 1:
propter vicinitatem simul eramus invicem,
Cic. Att. 5, 10, 5; Quint. 11, 3, 168:
multis invicem casibus victi victoresque,
Liv. 2, 44, 12:
non comisantium in vicem more jam diu vivimus inter nos,
id. 40, 9, 8 Weissenb. ad loc.:
in vicem inter se gratantes,
id. 9, 43, 17:
inque vicem tua me, te mea forma capit,
Ov. H. 17, 180; id. M. 6, 631; 8, 473; Verg. G. 3, 188; Hor. S. 1, 3, 141 al.—
b.
Vicem:
ut unus fasces haberet, et hoc insigne regium suam cujusque vicem, per omnes iret,
Liv. 3, 36, 3; cf. id. 1, 9, 15.—
c.
In vices ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
inque vices illum tectos qui laesit amores, Laedit amore pari,
Ov. M. 4, 191; 12, 161; Tac. G. 26 Halm.—
d.
Per vices (post-Aug. and very rare):
quod ipsum imperari per vices optimum est,
Quint. 2, 4, 6 Halm.—
B.
In partic.
1.
A time, turn (late Lat.; cf. Orell. ad Hor. C. 4, 14, 13):
ager tertiā vice arabitur,
Pall. 10, 1:
tribus per diem vicibus,
id. 1, 3 fin.; cf.:
tesserulas in medium vice suā quisque jaciebamus,
Gell. 18, 13, 1:
vice quādam,
once, Sid. Ep. 7, 1; Aus. Pan. Grat. Aug. 4.—
2.
Reciprocal behavior or conduct, i. e. return, requital, reciprocal service, recompense, remuneration, retaliation (rare but class.):
recito praedicationem amplissimi beneficii, vicem officii praesentis,
Cic. Sest. 4, 10:
tanto proclivius est injuriae quam beneficio vicem exsolvere,
Tac. H. 4, 3; Prop. 1, 13, 10:
redde vicem meritis,
Ov. Am. 1, 6, 23:
non poteris ipsa referre vicem,
id. A. A. 1, 370; cf.:
dejecit acer plus vice simplici (i. e. non tantam solum cladem illis intulit quantam ipsi dederant, sed duplum, Schol.),
Hor. C. 4, 14, 13 Orell. ad loc.— Plur.:
spernentem sperne, sequenti Redde vices,
Ov. M. 14, 36:
neque est ullus affectus... qui magis vices exigat,
Plin. Pan. 85, 3.—
3.
The changes of fate, fate, hap, lot, condition, fortune, misfortune:
mihi uni necesse erit et meam et aliorum vicem pertimescere?
Cic. Dom. 4, 8:
indignando et ipse vicem ejus,
Liv. 40, 23, 1:
tacite gementes tristem fortunae vicem,
Phaedr. 5, 1, 6; cf.:
vicem suam conquestus est,
Suet. Aug. 66:
convertere humanam vicem,
Hor. Epod. 5, 88:
publicā vice commoveri,
Quint. 11, 1, 42; cf. id. 4, 1, 33.— Plur.:
fors et Debita jura vicesque superbae Te maneant ipsum,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 32:
testor in occasu vestro nec tela nec ullas Vitavisse vices Danaūm,
dangers, contests, Verg. A. 2, 433.—
II.
Transf., the position, place, room, stead, post, office, duty of one person or thing as assumed by another (the usual signif. of the word):
heredum causa justissima est: nulla est enim persona, quae ad vicem ejus, qui e vitā emigrarit, propius accedat,
Cic. Leg. 2, 19, 48:
ego succedens in vicem imperii tui,
Liv. 38, 48, 7:
ipse in locum vicemque consulis provolat,
id. 3, 18, 9:
postquam (Juppiter) te dedit, qui erga omne humanum genus vice suā fungereris,
stand in the place of, represent, Plin. Pan. 80, 6:
fungar vice cotis,
Hor. A. P. 304:
per speciem alienae fungendae vicis opes suas firmavit,
Liv. 1, 41, 6:
ne sacra regiae vicis desererentur,
id. 1, 20, 2:
vestramque meamque vicem explete,
Tac. A. 4, 8 fin.:
cujus... ego vicem debeo inplere,
Plin. Ep. 6, 6, 6:
(Manus) adverbiorum atque pronominum obtinent vicem,
Quint. 11, 3, 87:
in ordine vicis suae,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 8.— Plur.: non ad suum pertinere officium rati, quando divisae professionum vices essent, Quint. Inst. prooem. § 4.—
2.
Adverb.
a.
Vicem, with the gen. or a pers. pron., in the place of, instead of, on account of, for, for the sake of:
eri vicem meamque,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 11:
qui hodie sese excruciari meam vicem possit pati,
id. Most. 2, 1, 8; cf. id. ib. 5, 2, 24:
vos respondetote istinc istarum vicem,
id. Rud. 3, 5, 34:
tuam vicem saepe doleo,
Cic. Fam. 12, 23, 3:
suam vicem indignantem magistratu abisse,
Liv. 2, 31, 11: remittimus hoc tibi, ne nostram vicem irascaris. id. 34, 32, 6:
sollicito consuli... eorum vicem quos, etc.,
id. 44, 3, 5:
rex, vicem eorum quos ad tam manifestum periculum miserat,
Curt. 7, 11, 20:
maestus non suam vicem, sed propter, etc.,
id. 7, 2, 5: cum Pompeius aedem Victoriae dedicaturus foret, cujus gradus vicem theatri essent, Tiro Tull. ap. [p. 1987] Gell. 10, 1, 7:
quoniam res familiaris obsidis vicem esse apud rempublicam videbatur,
Gell. 16, 10, 11.—
(β).
Sometimes in a more general sense, after the manner of, like:
Sardanapali vicem in suo lectulo mori,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 7: ceteri vicem pecorum obtruncabantur, Sall. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 497, 26; cf. the foll.—
b.
Vice, instead of, for, on account of:
in pane salis vice utuntur nitro,
Plin. 31, 10, 46, § 115:
temonis vice trahitur,
Col. 6, 2, 7:
murum urbi cocto latere circumdedit, harenae vice bitumine interstrato,
Just. 1, 2, 7:
exanimes vice unius,
Liv. 1, 25, 6:
senatus vice populi,
Just. Inst. 1, 2, 5.—
(β).
In a more general sense (cf. the preced. numbers), after the manner of, like:
jactari se passa fluctu algae vice,
Plin. 9, 45, 68, § 147:
moveri periclitantium vice possumus,
Quint. 6, 2, 35:
diebus ac noctibus vice mundi circumagi,
Suet. Ner. 31:
quaeque dixerat, oracli vice accipiens,
Tac. A. 6, 21 fin.:
ut deorum vice mortuos honorarent,
like gods, Lact. 4, 28 fin.:
vice navium,
App. de Deo Socr. p. 47, 22:
vice pecudum occidi,
Lact. 5, 10, 6:
vice imbellium proculcati,
Dict. Cret. 3, 24.—
c.
In vicem, instead of, for, in place of:
potest malleolus protinus in vicem viviradicis conseri,
Col. 3, 14, 3:
defatigatis in vicem integri succedunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 85:
in omnium vicem regni unius insatiabilis amor Successit,
Liv. 40, 8, 18:
missis in vicem eorum quinque milibus sociorum,
id. 31, 11, 3; Col. 5, 6, 1; so dat. vici, Quint. Decl. 6, 4.—
d.
Ad vicem, instead of, for:
ad tegularum et imbricum vicem,
Plin. 36, 22, 44, § 159:
ad vicem solis cinis calidus subjectus,
Pall. 4, 10 fin.; 3, 28;
very rarely, ad invicem,
Veg. Vet. 2, 7 fin. —
(β).
In a more general sense (cf. in the preced. numbers a. and b.), after the manner of, like:
majores natu a majoribus colebantur ad deum prope ad parentum vicem,
Gell. 2, 15, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > vicis
117 Flax

FLAX
The following terms as given under the authority of the Ministry of Supply, are reprinted here with their permission. Flax Plants - of the species Linum usitatissimum cultivated for the production of seed or fibre or both. Flax, Fibre (Fibre Flax) - The variety of flax cultivated mainly for fibre production. Flax, fibre strands, or bundles - The aggregates, about 32 in number, of ultimate fibres which run from the level of the seed leaves up to the top of the branches of the flax straw. They are each composed of large numbers of ultimate fibres overlapping each other. Flax Fibres, Ultimate - The component cellulose fibres, about 1¹/₄-in. long by 1/1000-in. wide, making up the fibre system of the flax straw. Flax, Linseed - The variety of flax cultivated mainly for seed production. Flax Seed - The term usually applied to the seed of fibre flax. A bag of flax seed in Ireland is sometimes 3¹/₂ bushels, but it is more usual now to put up seed in 1-cwt. bags as in England. A peck of flax seed weighs approximately 14-lb. Flax Seed, Blue Blossom - Seed of a blue-flowered variety of flax. Flax Seed, Commercial - Flax seed usually named after its country or place of origin, but without a pedigree and without guarantee as to colour of flower. Flax Seed Germination - That percentage by number of a sample of seed which shows visible signs of growth within a stated time when kept under standard conditions of temperature and moisture. Flax Seed Germination, Standard - An arbitrary standard of germination of 90 per cent or more, incorporated in the flax growers' contract of the Ministry of Supply. Flax Seed, Lital - The generic name given to pedigree flax seed of several strains bred by the Linen Industry Research Association, Lambeg, and derived from those initials. Flax Seed, Minty - Seed which has been attacked by species of mites, usually owing to it being cracked and too damp. It is characterised by a dusty appearance and a distinct musty sweet smell. Flax Seed, Mixed Blue Blossom - A term used in Northern Ireland for seed from two or more blue-blossomed pedigree flaxes mixed together. Flax Seed, Pedigree - Seed of a strain of flax which has been improved by some recognised system of flax breeding and originally derived from the bulking of the seed from a single flax plant. Flax Seed, Plimmed - A local term for seed which has swollen through excess of moisture. Flax Seed Purity - That percentage by weight of seed taken from bulk which consists of whole flax seeds. Flax Seed Purity, Standard - An arbitrary standard of purity of 96 per cent or more with a weed seed content of 0.25 per cent or less, incorporated in the flax growers' contract of the Ministry of Supply. Flax Seed, Sowing - Seed of a germination and, purity making it acceptable for sowing. Flax Seed, Stormont - The generic name given to pedigree flax seed produced by the Plant Breeding Division, Ministry of Agriculture, Northern Ireland. Flax Seed, Weight per 1,000 - The weight in grams of 1,000 flax seeds picked at random from a sample. It is used as a measure of the plumpness and general quality of seed. Flax Seed, White Blossom - Seed of a white-flowered variety of flax. Flax Variety, Cross breeding - A method of flax breeding, based on fertilising the seed of a single plant of one strain by the pollen of a single plant of another strain and the study of the progeny. Flax Variety, Single Plant Selection - A method of flax breeding based on the study of a single self-fertilised flax plant and its progeny in subsequent generations. Linseed - The seed of linseed flax: and also of fibre flax when it is used for the same purposes as linseed. Moisture Content - To conform with the International ruling for seed testing the moisture content of flax seed should be expressed as a percentage of the original weight; the moisture content of other flax products being expressed as a percentage of the dry weight. Nomersan - A proprietary powder for dusting on flax seed as a prevention of certain seed-bome fungal diseases. Pickle - The term often applied to a single flax seed, i.e., a sample of seed is said to he of a large pickle or a small pickle. Weed Seed - The seed of any other species of plant present in a sample of flax seed.

Dictionary of the English textile terms > Flax
118 switchgear
аппаратура распределения
Общий термин для коммутационных аппаратов и их комбинаций с относящимися к ним устройствами управления, измерения, защиты и регулирования, а также для узлов, в которых такие аппараты и устройства соединяются с соответствующими фидерами, комплектующим оборудованием, оболочками и опорными конструкциями, предназначенных, в принципе, для использования в системах производства, передачи, распределения и преобразования электрической энергии.
МЭК 60050(441-11-02).
[ ГОСТ Р 50030. 1-2000 ( МЭК 60947-1-99)]

EN

switchgear
a general term covering switching devices and their combination with associated control, measuring, protective and regulating equipment, also assemblies of such devices and equipment with associated interconnections, accessories, enclosures and supporting structures, intended in principle for use in connection with generation, transmission, distribution and conversion of electric energy
[IEV number 441-11-02]

FR

appareillage de connexion
terme général applicable aux appareils de connexion et à leur combinaison avec des appareils de commande, de mesure, de protection et de réglage qui leur sont associés, ainsi qu'aux ensembles de tels appareils avec les connexions, les accessoires, les enveloppes et les supports correspondants, destinés en principe à être utilisés dans le domaine de la production, du transport, de la distribution et de la transformation de l'énergie électrique
[IEV number 441-11-02]

Тематики
- аппарат, изделие, устройство...
EN
- switchgear
DE
- Schaltanlagen und/oder Schaltgeräte für Energieverteilung
FR
- appareillage de connexion
коммутационная аппаратура
коммутационное оборудование
—
[Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва, 1999 г.]

Тематики
- электротехника, основные понятия
Синонимы
- коммутационное оборудование
EN
- switchgear
коммутационное устройство
Устройство, предназначенное для обеспечения или прерывания подачи электрического тока в электрические цепи.
Примечание - Коммутационное устройство может выполнять одну или обе эти функции.
[ГОСТ ЕН 1070-2003]

коммутационное устройство
-
[IEV number 442-01-46]

EN

switching device
a device designed to make or break the current in one or more electric circuits
Source: 441-14-01 MOD
[IEV number 442-01-46]

switchgear
any of several devices used for opening and closing electric circuits, esp those that pass high currents
[Collins]

FR

dispositif de coupure
appareil destiné à établir ou à interrompre le courant dans un ou plusieurs circuits électriques
Source: 441-14-01 MOD
[IEV number 442-01-46]
Параллельные тексты EN-RU
distribution board

assembly containing different types of switchgear and controlgear associated with one or more outgoing electric circuits fed from one or more incoming electric circuits, together with terminals for the neutral and protective conductors.
[IEV number 826-16-08]

распределительная панель

НКУ, состоящее из коммутационных устройств или устройств защиты (например, плавких предохранителей), присоединенных к одной или нескольким выходным цепям с питанием от одной или нескольких входящих цепей, а также зажимов для нейтрального проводника и проводников цепей защиты. Оно может также содержать сигнальные устройства и другие устройства контроля.
[ ГОСТ Р 51321. 3-99 ( МЭК 60439-3-90)]

Тематики
- аппарат, изделие, устройство...
EN
- switchgear
- switching device
DE
- Schaltgerät
FR
- appareil de connexion
- dispositif de coupure
распределительное устройство
Распределительным устройством (РУ) называется электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая сборные и соединительные шины, коммутационные аппараты, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
[РД 34.20.185-94]

распределительное устройство
Электроустановка, предназначенная для приема и распределения электрической энергии на одном напряжении и содержащая коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные шины [секции шин], устройства управления и защиты.
Примечание. К устройствам управления относятся аппараты и связывающие их элементы обеспечивающие контроль, измерение, сигнализацию и выполнение команд.
[ ГОСТ 24291-90]
[ ГОСТ Р 53685-2009]

электрическое распределительное устройство
распределительное устройство
Устройство, предназначенное для приема и распределения электроэнергии на одном напряжении и содержащее коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные соединительные устройства.
Примечание. В состав распределительного устройства дополнительно могут входить устройства защиты и управления
[ОСТ 45.55-99]

распределительное устройство
Электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая коммутационные аппараты, сборные и соединительные шины, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
[ПОТ Р М-016-2001]
[РД 153-34.0-03.150-00]

устройство распределительное
Совокупность аппаратов и приборов для приёма и распределения электроэнергии одного напряжения, вырабатываемой электростанцией или преобразуемой подстанцией
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

EN

switching substation
a substation which includes switchgear and usually busbars, but no power transformers
[IEV number 605-01-02]

FR

poste de sectionnement
poste de coupure
poste comprenant des organes de manoeuvre et généralement des jeux de barres, à l'exclusion de transformateurs de puissance
[IEV number 605-01-02]

В качестве РУ 6—10 кВ используется сборка высокого напряжения с однополюсными разъединителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения и одна камера КСО с выключателем нагрузки и предохранителями для подключения трансформатора. Для РУ 0,4 кВ применяются сборки низкого напряжения с предохранителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения.
На ПС применяются открытые (ОРУ), закрытые (ЗРУ) или комплектные (КРУ) распределительные устройства.

[ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]

КЛАССИФИКАЦИЯ

В общем случае ПС и РУ являются составной частью электроустановок, которые различаются:
- по назначению:
  - генерирующие,
  - преобразовательно-распределительные,
  - потребительские.
    
    Генерирующие электроустановки служат для выработки электроэнергии, преобразовательно-распределительные электроустановки преобразуют электроэнергию в удобный для передачи и потребления вид, передают ее и распределяют между потребителями;
- по роду тока:
  - постоянного тока,
  - переменного тока.
- по напряжению:
  - до 1000 В,
  - выше 1000 В.
Шкала номинальных напряжений ограничена сравнительно небольшим числом стандартных значений, благодаря чему изготавливается небольшое число типоразмеров машин и оборудования, а электросети выполняются более экономичными. В установках трехфазного тока номинальным напряжением принято считать напряжение между фазами (междуфазовое напряжение). Согласно ГОСТ 29322—92 установлена следующая шкала номинальных напряжений:

для электросетей переменного тока частотой 50 Гц междуфазовое напряжение должно быть: 12, 24, 36, 42, 127, 220, 380 В; 3, 6, 10, 20, 35, 110, 150, 220, 330, 500, 750 и 1150 кВ;
для электросетей постоянного тока: 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 110, 220, 440, 660, 825, 3000 В и выше.
- по способу присоединения к электросети ПС разделяются на:
  - тупиковые (блочные),
  - ответвительные (блочные),
  - проходные (транзитные)
  - узловые.
Тупиковые ПС получают питание по одной или двум тупиковым ВЛ.

Ответвительные ПС присоединяются ответвлением к одной или двум проходящим ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.

Проходные ПС включаются в рассечку одной или двух проходящих ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.

Узловые ПС кроме питающих имеют отходящие радиальные или транзитные ВЛ.
- по способу управления ПС могут быть:
  - только с телесигнализацией,
  - телеуправляемыми с телесигнализацией,
  - с телесигнализацией и управлением с общеподстанционного пункта управления (ОПУ).
Подстанции оперативно обслуживаются постоянным дежурным персоналом на щите управления, дежурными на дому или оперативно-выездными бригадами (ОВБ). Ремонт ПС осуществляется специализированными выездными бригадами централизованного ремонта или местным персоналом подстанции.

В РУ напряжением до 1000 В провода, шины, аппараты, приборы и конструкции выбирают как по нормальным условиям работы (напряжению и току), так и по термическим и динамическим воздействиям токов коротких замыканий (КЗ) или предельно допустимой отключаемой мощности.

В РУ и ПС напряжением выше 1000 В расстояния между электрооборудованием, аппаратами, токоведущими частями, изоляторами, ограждениями и конструкциями устанавливаются так, чтобы при нормальном режиме работы электроустановки возникающие физические явления (температура нагрева, электрическая дуга, выброс газов, искрение и др.) не могли привести к повреждению оборудования и КЗ.

[ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]

Several different classifications of switchgear can be made:
- By the current rating.
- By interrupting rating (maximum short circuit current that the device can safely interrupt)
  - Circuit breakers can open and close on fault currents
  - Load-break/Load-make switches can switch normal system load currents
  - Isolators may only be operated while the circuit is dead, or the load current is very small.
- By voltage class:
  - Low voltage (less than 1,000 volts AC)
  - Medium voltage (1,000–35,000 volts AC)
  - High voltage (more than 35,000 volts AC)
- By insulating medium:
  - Air
  - Gas (SF6 or mixtures)
  - Oil
  - Vacuum
- By construction type:
  - Indoor (further classified by IP (Ingress Protection) class or NEMA enclosure type)
  - Outdoor
  - Industrial
  - Utility
  - Marine
  - Draw-out elements (removable without many tools)
  - Fixed elements (bolted fasteners)
  - Live-front
  - Dead-front
  - Open
  - Metal-enclosed
  - Metal-clad
  - Metal enclosed & Metal clad
  - Arc-resistant
- By IEC degree of internal separation
  - No Separation (Form 1)
  - Busbars separated from functional units (Form 2a, 2b, 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separated from busbars (Form 2b, 3b, 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separated from functional units but not from each other (Form 3a, 3b)
  - Functional units separated from each other (Form 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separated from each other (Form 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separate from their associated functional unit (Form 4b)
- By interrupting device:
- By operating method:
  - Manually operated
  - Motor/stored energy operated
  - Solenoid operated
- By type of current:
  - Alternating current
  - Direct current
- By application:
  - Transmission system
  - Distribution
- By purpose
  - Isolating switches (disconnectors)
  - Load-break switches.
  - Grounding (earthing) switches
A single line-up may incorporate several different types of devices, for example, air-insulated bus, vacuum circuit breakers, and manually operated switches may all exist in the same row of cubicles.

Ratings, design, specifications and details of switchgear are set by a multitude of standards. In North America mostly IEEE and ANSI standards are used, much of the rest of the world uses IEC standards, sometimes with local national derivatives or variations.

[Robert W. Smeaton (ed) Switchgear and Control Handbook 3rd Ed., Mc Graw Hill, new York 1997]
[ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_voltage_switchgear]

Тематики
- электрификация, электроснабж. железных дорог
- электроагрегаты генераторные
- электробезопасность
- электроснабжение в целом
Синонимы
- РУ
- электрическое распределительное устройство
EN
DE
- Schaltanlage
- Schaltstation
FR
Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > switchgear
119 aliquantus

ălĭquantus, a, um, adj. [alius-quantus; v. aliquis], somewhat, some, moderate, tolerable; considerable, not a little (designating the medium between much and little; cf. Ernest. ad Suet. Caes. 87; Wolf ad Suet. Caes. 10; Hotting. ad Cic. Div. 2, 1; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 3, 13; 5, 10; Brut. ad Nep. Dion, 3, 3; Kritz ad Sall. C. 8, 2).
I.
In gen.: M. sed quaero, utrum aliquid actum superioribus diebus, an nihil arbitremur: A. Actum vero et aliquantum quidem, Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 15:
Romani signorum et armorum aliquanto numero, hostium paucorum potiti,
Sall. J. 74, 3:
timor aliquantus, sed spes amplior,
id. ib. 105, 4:
spatium,
Liv. 38, 27:
iter,
id. 25, 35:
pecunia,
App. Mag. p. 320, 1.—
II.
Esp.
A.
In the neutr. as subst.:
ad quos aliquantum ex cotidianis sumptibus redundet,
Cic. Cael. 57:
Alienus ex eā facultate, si quam habet, aliquantum detracturus est,
somewhat, id. Div. in Caecil. 15:
ut aliquantum se arbitrentur adeptos ad dicendum,
id. Off. 1, 1; id. Phil. 8, 27; and esp. with partit. gen., some part, some:
aliquantum agri,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:
nummorum aliquantum et auri,
id. Clu. 179:
temporis,
id. Quint. 22:
animi,
id. Att. 7, 13 fin.:
noctis,
id. Fam. 7, 25 fin. al.:
aliquantum negotii sustinere,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 7:
itineris,
Caes. B. G. 5, 10 Herz.:
equorum et armorum,
Sall. J. 62, 5:
famae et auctoritatis,
Liv. 44, 33; 21, 28; 30, 8; 41, 16 al.; Suet. Caes. 81.—
B.
The plur. rare, and only in later Lat.:
aliquanti in caelestium numerum referuntur,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 33:
aliquanta oppida,
Eutr. 4 fin.; Spart. Hadr. 7 fin.:
aliquantis diebus,
Pall. 1, 19.—Whence, ălĭquantum and ălĭ-quantō, adv. (on the proportionate use of these forms with the posit. and comp. v. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 9, 38; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 10; Web. ad Luc. 2, 225; Zumpt, Gr. § 488), somewhat, in some degree, a little, rather; considerably, not a little (cf. aliquantus).
1.
In gen.
(α).
Aliquantum: Ba. Nam ut in navi vecta es, credo timida es. So. Aliquantum, soror, somewhat so, Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 73:
quae (consolatio) mihi quidem ipsi sane aliquantum medetur, ceteris item multum illam profuturam puto,
Cic. Div. 2, 1, 3: item qui processit aliquantum ad virtutis aditum ( has come somewhat near), nihilominus, etc., id. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
aliquantum commoveri,
id. Clu. 140:
quod nisi meo adventu illius conatus aliquantum repressissem,
id. Verr. 2, 64:
movit aliquantum oratio regis legatos,
Liv. 39, 29; so id. 5, 23 al.: huc concede aliquantum ( a little), Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 116:
aliquantum ventriosus,
id. As. 2, 3, 20:
quale sit, non tam definitione intellegi potest (quamquam aliquantum potest), quam, etc.,
to some extent, in some degree, Cic. Fin. 2, 14, 45:
litteris lectis aliquantum acquievi,
id. Fam. 4, 6:
adjutus aliquantum,
Suet. Tib. 13.—
(β).
Aliquanto:
non modo non contra legem, sed etiam intra legem et quidem aliquanto,
not a little, considerably so, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 9: terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, etc., * Tac. G. 5.—
2.
Esp., with compp. it has greater or less force, acc. to the context, much more or a little more, somewhat more (the latter sometimes ironic. instead of the former; cf. Quint. 1, 12, 4 Spald.; in class. prose very freq.; most freq. prob. in Suet.; but never perh. in poetry, except in the examples from the ante-class. per.).
(α).
With aliquanto: Ch. Abeamus intro hinc ad me. St. Atque aliquanto lubentius quam abs te sum egressus, Plaut. Ep. 3, 2, 43:
aliquanto amplius,
id. As. 3, 3, 2; so Cic. Verr. 2, 1:
aliquanto plus,
id. ib. 2, 1:
minus aliquanto,
id. Div. in Caecil. 18:
melius aliquanto,
id. Brut. 78, 270:
sed certe idem melius aliquanto dicerent, si, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 103:
carinae aliquanto planiores quam nostrarum navium,
much flatter, Caes. B. G. 3, 13 Herz.; so,
aliquanto crudelior esse coepit,
Nep. Dion, 3, 3:
cum majore aliquanto numero quam decretum erat,
Sall. J. 86, 4; so id. C. 8, 2; id. J. 79, 4:
aliquanto superior,
Liv. 5, 26, 6:
ad majus aliquanto certamen redit,
Liv. 5, 29, 5; so id: 27, 36, 7; Quint. 1, 12, 4; Suet. Caes. 10; 86; id. Tib. 62 al.:
soluta est navis aliquanto prius,
some time before, Plaut. Stich. 3, 1, 15:
maturius aliquanto lupinus seritur,
Pall. R. R. 10, 5:
aliquanto serius quam per aetatem liceret,
Cic. Agr. 2, 3.—So with ante and post:
aliquanto ante in provinciam proficiscitur, quam,
Cic. Verr. 1, 149; 3, 44:
ante aliquanto quam est mortuus,
id. ib. 2, 46; id. Vatin. 25:
ad illos aliquanto post venit,
id. Verr. 4, 85:
porticum post aliquanto Q. Catulus fecit,
id. Dom. 102: atque ille primo quidem negavit; post autem aliquanto ( but some time afterwards) surrexit, id. Cat. 3, 11:
postea aliquanto,
id. Inv. 2, 51, 154.—
(β).
With aliquantum:
aliquantum ad rem est avidior,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51:
fortasse aliquantum iniquior erat,
id. Heaut. 1, 2, 27:
aliquantum amplior augustiorque,
Liv. 1, 7, 9:
aliquantum taetrior,
Val. Max. 5, 9, 3:
Garumna aliquantum plenior,
Mel. 3, 2, 5.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aliquantus
120 jam

jam, adv. [for diam, collat. form of diem, cf. pri-dem, du-dum, Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 213; II. p. 850; but acc. to Curt. Gr. Etym. 398, 620; locat. form from pronom. stem ja].
I.
Of time, denoting a point or moment of time as coinciding with that of the action, etc., described.
A.
Of present time.
1.
As opp. to past or future, at this time, now, just now, at present, i. e. while I speak or write this.
a.
Jam alone:
jamne autem, ut soles, deludis?
Plaut. Aul. 5, 11:
jam satis credis sobrium esse me,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 36:
saltus reficit jam roscida luna,
Verg. G. 3, 337:
jam tenebris et sole cadente,
id. ib. 3, 401:
jamque dies, ni fallor, adest,
id. A. 5, 49:
jam advesperascit,
Ter. And. 3, 4, 2:
reddere qui voces jam scit puer,
Hor. A. P. 158: stabat modo consularis, modo septemvir epulonum;
jam neutrum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 12:
jam melior, jam, diva, precor,
Verg. A. 12, 179:
Hem, scio jam quod vis dicere,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 36:
in ea (consuetudine) quaedam sunt jura ipsa jam certa propter vetustatem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 22, 67:
jam tempus agi,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
surgere jam tempus,
Cat. 62, 3.—
b.
Strengthened.
(α).
By repetition: jam jam, jam jamque (nearly = nunc), at this very time, precisely now:
jam jam intellego, Crasse, quod dicas,
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 90:
jam jam minime miror te otium perturbare,
id. Phil. 2, 34, 87:
jam jam dolet quod egi, jam jamque paenitet,
Cat. 63, 73:
jam jam linquo acies,
Verg. A. 12, 875:
jam jamque video bellum,
Cic. Att. 16, 9 fin.:
at illum ruere nuntiant et jam jamque adesse,
id. ib. 7, 20, 1; cf.:
jam mihi, jam possim contentus vivere parvo,
Tib. 1, 1, 25 (7).—
(β).
By nunc: jam nunc, just now, at this very time, as things now are:
jam nunc irata non es,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 65:
dux, jam nunc locatus in urbe,
Liv. 22, 38, 9; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 127:
quae cum cogito, jam nunc timeo quidnam, etc.,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 13, 42:
deliberationis ejus tempus ita jam nunc statui posse, etc.,
Liv. 31, 32, 3:
ipsa Venus laetos jam nunc migravit in agros,
Tib. 2, 3, 3:
nec jam nunc regina loquor,
Val. Fl. 8, 47; so,
nunc jam (nunciam): secede huc nunciam,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 23:
audi nunciam,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 29:
i nunciam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 21: nunc jam sum expeditus, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 12, 5:
nunc jam nobis vobisque consulatus patet,
Liv. 7, 32, 14.—
(γ).
By tum:
jam tum opifices funguntur munere,
Plin. 11, 21, 24, § 74; Verg. G. 2, 405; id. A. 1, 18.—
(δ).
By pridem, v. jampridem.—
2.
In contrast with the time at which something was expected.
a.
Of that which occurs sooner, already, so soon:
quies (animos) aut jam exhaustos aut mox exhauriendos, renovavit,
Liv. 21, 21, 7:
gravitate valetudinis, qua tamen jam paululum videor levari,
Cic. Fam. 6, 2, 1; 3, 8, 16:
jamne ibis,
are you going so soon, Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 86; id. Rud. 2, 7, 26.—
b.
Of that which occurs later, at last, now, only now:
ohe jam desine deos uxor gratulando obtundere,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 8:
postulo, Dave, ut redeat jam in viam,
id. And. 1, 2, 19:
jamque sero diei subducit ex acie legionem faciendis castris,
Tac. A. 2, 21:
jam sanguinis alti vis sibi fecit iter,
Luc. 2, 214.—Tandem or aliquando is often added:
jam tandem ades ilico,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 39:
putamus enim utile esse te aliquando jam rem transigere,
Cic. Att. 1, 4, 1:
jam tandem Italiae fugientis prendimus oras,
Verg. A. 6, 61; Liv. 22, 12, 10.—
3.
As continued from the past, already, by this time, ere now, till now, hitherto:
et apud Graecos quidem jam anni prope quadrigenti sunt, etc.,
Cic. Or. 51, 171:
obsolevit jam ista oratio,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 17, 52:
nondum feminam aequavimus gloriā, et jam nos laudis satietas cepit?
Curt. 9, 6, 23.—With numerals and words specifying time:
jam biennium est, cum mecum coepit rem gerere,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 35; so,
plus jam anno,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 14:
sunt duo menses jam,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 8:
qui septingentos jam annos vivunt, etc.,
id. Fl. 26, 63:
annum jam tertium et vicesimum regnat,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; id. Fin. 2, 29, 94.—
4.
With imperatives, to express haste or impatience, like Engl. now, now, straightway, at once:
quid miserum, Aenea, laceras? Jam parce sepulto,
Verg. A. 3, 41:
sed jam age, carpe viam,
id. ib. 6, 629:
et jam tu... illum adspice contra,
id. ib. 11, 373.—So in impetuous or passionate questions (freq. in Plaut.):
Jam tu autem nobis praeturam geris?
Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 23; cf. id. Aul. 5, 11; id. Bacch. 2, 2, 25.—
5.
Jam... jam, at one time... at another, now... now, at this time... at that:
jamque eadem digitis jam pectine pulsat eburno,
Verg. A. 647:
jamque hos cursu, jam praeterit illos,
id. ib. 4, 157:
qui jam contento, jam laxo fune laborat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 20:
jam vino quaerens, jam somno fallere curas,
id. ib. 2, 7, 114:
jam secundae, jam adversae res, ita erudierant, etc.,
Liv. 30, 30; Tib. 1, 2, 49; Ov. M. 1, 111.—
B.
Of past time.
1.
In the time just past, but now, a moment ago, a little while ago, just:
videamus nunc quam sint praeclare illa his, quae jam posui, consequentia,
Cic. Fin. 3, 7, 26:
Arsinoë et jam dicta Memphis,
Plin. 5, 9, 11, § 61:
insulae praeter jam dictas,
id. 3, 26, 30, § 151:
hiems jam praecipitaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 25, 1:
domum quam tu jam exaedificatam habebas,
Cic. Att. 1, 6, 1.—
2.
Like English now, by this time, already.
a.
Alone:
jam advesperascebat,
Liv. 39, 50:
Hannibalem movisse ex hibernis, et jam Alpes transire,
id. 27, 39:
et jam fama volans... domos et moenia complet,
Verg. A. 11, 139; 12, 582; Caes. B. G. 1, 11; 6, 6:
jamque rubescebat Aurora,
Verg. A. 3, 521; 10, 260:
ut semel inclinavit pugna, jam intolerabilis Romana vis erat,
Liv. 6, 32:
cum decimum jam diem graviter ex intestinis laborarem,
Cic. Fam. 7, 26, 1.—
b.
Strengthened.
(α).
Jam jamque, Verg. A. 8, 708.—
(β).
By tum, as early as that:
se jam tum gessisse pro cive,
Cic. Arch. 5, 11; Liv. 29, 1; Verg. 7, 738; Tac. Agr. 45.—
(γ).
By tunc (post-Aug.;
once in Cic.),
Suet. Aug. 89; id. Ner. 7; Tac. H. 4, 50; Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 3 dub.—
3.
Of a time succeeding another time referred to, from that time, thenceforth, thereafter (esp. with a or ab, when it is often = Eng. even, very):
qui aequom esse censent nos jam a pueris nasci senes,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 2:
quae me maxime sicuti jam a prima adolescentia delectarunt,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 67:
benevolentia quae mihi jam a pueritia tua cognita est,
id. ib. 4, 7, 1:
dederas enim jam ab adolescentia documenta,
id. Mil. 8, 22: jam ab illo tempore, cum, etc., from the very time when, etc., id. Fam. 2, 16, 9; cf.:
urgerent philosophorum greges jam ab illo fonte et capite Socrate,
id. de Or. 1, 10, 42. —So with ex:
jam ex quo ipse accepisset regnum,
ever since, Liv. 42, 11, 8.—
C.
Of future time.
1.
In the time immediately approaching, forthwith, straightway, directly, presently:
occlude sis fores ambobus pessulis: jam ego hic ero,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 25:
ille jam hic aderit,
id. Ep. 2, 2, 72: omitte;
jam adero,
Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 26; cf. id. ib. 4, 6, 1; id. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 4, 38: bono animo es;
jam argentum ad eam deferes, quod ei es pollicitus,
id. Heaut. 4, 6, 18:
facere id ut paratum jam sit,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 76:
jam fuerit, neque post unquam revocare licebit,
Lucr. 3, 927:
jam faciam quod voltis,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 16:
jam enim aderunt consules ad suas Nonas,
Cic. Att. 7, 20, 2.—
2.
In the time immediately succeeding another time referred to, forthwith, at once, straightway, then:
nunc ubi me illic non videbit, jam huc recurret,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 10:
accede ad ignem... jam calesces,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 5:
nisi puerum tollis, jam ego hunc in mediam viam provolvam,
id. And. 4, 4, 38:
de quibus jam dicendi locus erit, cum de senioribus pauca dixero,
Cic. Brut. 25, 96:
agedum, dictatorem creemus. Jam hic centicescet furor,
Liv. 2, 29, 11:
aperi, inquit, jam scies,
Petr. 16, 2; cf. Verg. A. 1, 272.—
3.
Representing as present an impending event, now, already, presently (mostly poet.):
jam te premet nox,
Hor. C. 1, 4, 16:
jam veniet mors, jam subrepet iners aetas,
Tib. 1, 1, 70:
jam mare turbari trabibus videbis, jam fervere litora flammis,
Verg. A. 4, 566; 6, 676:
alius Latio jam partus Achilles,
id. ib. 6, 89:
hic magnae jam locus urbis erit,
Tib. 2, 5, 55.—
D.
With negatives, denoting cessation of previous condition: jam non, no more, no longer:
quem odisse jam non potestis,
Cic. Clu. 10, 29; Ov. M. 4, 382:
non jam,
not any more, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
nihil jam,
Caes. B. G. 2, 21.—
E.
With comparatives:
ad mitiora jam ingenia,
which had become milder, Liv. 27. 39:
ad ferociores jam gentes,
which then were less civilized, id. 21, 60:
una jam potior sententia,
Stat. Th. 2, 368.
II.
In other relations.
A.
To denote that something will certainly, properly, or easily occur, under certain circumstances.
1.
In a conclusion, to emphasize its relation to the condition, then surely, then:
si cogites, remittas jam me onerare injuriis,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 6: si quis voluerit animi sui [p. 1012] notionem evolvere, jam se ipse doceat, eum virum bonum esse, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 76:
si hoc dixissem, jam mihi consuli jure optimo senatus vim intulisset,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 21; id. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Brut. 17, 68:
si jubeat eo dirigi, jam in portu fore omnem classem,
Liv. 29, 27, 8.—
2.
In a consequence, to show that it is conceived as immediate, now, then, therefore: satis est tibi in te, satis in legibus;
jam contemni non poteris,
Cic. Fin. 2, 26, 84:
jam hoc non potest in te non honorifice esse dictum,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 2; id. Leg. 2, 24, 60; id. Clu. 16, 46:
nec hanc solam Romani meretricem colunt... Jam quanta ista immortalitas putanda est,
Lact. 1, 20, 5:
Quae cum ita sint, ego jam hinc praedico,
Liv. 40, 36, 14: conspecta et ex muris ea multitudo erat;
jamque etiam legionariae cohortes sequebantur,
id. 10, 43, 1.—
B.
In transitions.
1.
To a new subject, now, moreover, again, once more then:
jam de artificiis et quaestibus... haec fere accepimus,
Cic. Off. 1, 42, 150; Verg. G. 2, 57:
jam jura legitima ex legibus cognosci oportebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 22, 68:
jam illud senatus consultum, quod eo die factum est, etc.,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 4:
jam Saliare Numae carmen qui laudat,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 86. —So with vero:
jam vero motus animi, sollicitudines aegritudinesque oblivione leniuntur,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 38, 110:
jam vero virtuti Cn. Pompei quae potest par oratio inveniri?
id. de Imp. Pomp. 11, 29; 14, 41; id. Off. 3, 13 init. —With at enim:
at enim jam dicetis virtutem non posse constitui, si ea, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 40 init. —
2.
In enumerations:
et aures... itemque nares... jam gustatus... tactus autem,
Cic. N. D. 2, 56, 141.—So sometimes repeatedly, at one time... at another... at another, jam... jam... jam:
jam medici, jam apparatus cibi, jam in hoc solum importatum instrumentum balinei nullius non succurrit valetudini,
Vell. 2, 114, 2; cf. Flor. 2, 17, 8, and I. A. 5. supra.—
C.
For emphasis.
1.
After non modo... sed ( = adeo), now, even, I may say:
non cum senatu modo, sed jam cum diis bellum gerere,
Liv. 21, 63, 6.—
2.
Pressing the strict sense of a word or clause, now, precisely, indeed:
(Hieronymum) quem jam cur Peripateticum appellem, nescio,
Cic. Fin. 5, 5, 14:
hoc quidem haud molestum est jam, quod collus collari caret,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 107:
loquor enim jam non de sapientium, sed de communibus amicitiis,
Cic. Lael. 21, 77:
te quoque jam, Thais, ita me di bene ament, amo,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 43:
imitatio morum alienorum... jam inter leniores affectus numerari potest,
Quint. 9, 2, 58:
reliqua jam aequitatis sunt,
id. 7, 1, 62:
cetera jam fabulosa,
Tac. G. 46:
desine: jam venio moriturus,
Verg. A. 10, 881.—So esp. with et: et jam (cf. etiam), and indeed, and in fact, et lenitas illa Graecorum et verborum comprehensio, et jam artifex, ut ita dicam, stilus, Cic. Brut. 25, 96:
pulchriora etiam Polycleti et jam plane perfecta,
id. ib. 18, 70:
Pompeium et hortari et orare et jam liberius accusare non desistimus,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3; Quint. Decl. 5, 3; Luc. 8, 659; cf.
jamque,
Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 9; so,
jam et: nec deerat Ptolemaeus, jam et sceleris instinctor,
Tac. H. 1, 23; 1, 22;
and, ac jam: ac jam, ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: jam ergo, in very fact:
jam ergo aliquis condemnavit,
Cic. Clu. 41, 113.—
3.
In climax, even, indeed, really:
opus Paniceis, opus Placentinis quoque... jam maritumi omnes milites opus sunt mihi,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 59:
jam illa quae natura, non litteris, assecuti sunt, neque cum Graecia neque ulla cum gente sunt conferenda,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:
jam in opere quis par Romano miles?
Liv. 9, 19, 8; Quint. 12, 1, 45; Cic. Rep. 1, 5; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 83.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > jam

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

less — [ les ] function word *** Less is the comparative form of the function word little and can be used in the following ways: as a determiner (before a noun): Eat less fat. Schools put less emphasis on being creative. as a pronoun: Connie did less… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
less */*/*/ — UK [les] / US adverb, determiner, preposition, pronoun Summary: Less is the comparative form of the function word little and can be used in the following ways: as a determiner (before a noun): Eat less fat. ♦ Schools put less emphasis on being… … English dictionary
less*/*/*/ — [les] grammar word summary: Less can be: ■ a determiner: Schools put less emphasis on being creative. ■ a pronoun: Connie did less than anyone else. ♦ He seemed to spend less of his time with her. ■ an adverb: The red jacket is less expensive. 1) … Dictionary for writing and speaking English
More Than a Feeling — Single by Boston from the album Boston B side … Wikipedia
more — (adj.) O.E. mara greater, more, stronger, mightier, used as a comparative of micel great (see MICKLE (Cf. mickle)), from P.Gmc. *maizon (Cf. O.S. mera, O.N. meiri, O.Fris. mara, M.Du. mere, O.H.G. mero, Ger. mehr), from PIE … Etymology dictionary
Less-lethal weapon — Less lethal weapons, less than lethal weapons, non lethal weapons, non deadly weapons, or, more recently, compliance weapons are weapons intended to be unlikely to kill or to cause great bodily injury to a living target. In the past, police (or… … Wikipedia
More danico — The phrase more danico[1] is a Mediaeval Latin legalistic expression which may be translated as in the Danish manner or by Norse customary law . It designates a type of traditional Germanic marriage practiced in northern Europe during the Middle… … Wikipedia
less — 1. pronoun the fare is less than $1 Syn: a smaller amount than, not so/as much as, under, below Ant: more 2. adjective there was less noise now Syn: not so much, smaller, slighter, shorter, reduced; fewer … Thesaurus of popular words
Sometimes They Come Back — Infobox short story name = Sometimes They Come Back author = Stephen King country = United States language = English series = genre = Horror published in = Night Shift publisher = media type = Anthology pub date = 1974 preceded by = followed by … Wikipedia
A More Perfect Union (speech) — This article is about the 2008 speech by Barack Obama. For other uses, see A More Perfect Union (disambiguation). A More Perfect Union was viewed on YouTube over 1.2 million times within the first 24 hours of its posting. A More Perfect Union [1] … Wikipedia
...Baby One More Time — Baby One More Time … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

less+is+sometimes+more

Тематики

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

Тематики

EN

Тематики

Классификация

Действия

Синонимы

Сопутствующие термины

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

Тематики

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

DE

FR

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: